3.8.6

3.8.7

srcdir		= @srcdir@
prefix		= @prefix@
exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@

bindir		= @bindir@
libdir		= @libdir@

datadir		= @datadir@
mandir		= @mandir@
includedir	= @includedir@

DESTDIR		=

PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)

srcdir		= @srcdir@
prefix		= @prefix@
exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@

bindir		= @bindir@
libdir		= @libdir@
datarootdir	= @datarootdir@
datadir		= @datadir@
mandir		= @mandir@
includedir	= @includedir@

DESTDIR		=

PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)

AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))



AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,

AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#
#AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))
# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])

AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,

	    ])
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname=\$[@]"

	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])


	    # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
	    TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots


	    ;;
	Darwin-*)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
................................................................................
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SCO_SV-3.2*)
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ], [
	       SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
	       LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
................................................................................
	    no_celib=
	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR])
	fi
    fi
])


# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:

	    ])
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname=\$[@]"
	    TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
	    AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
	    case $system in
	    FreeBSD-3.*)
		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
		;;
	    esac
	    ;;
	Darwin-*)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
................................................................................
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SCO_SV-3.2*)
	    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ], [
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    ])
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
................................................................................
	    no_celib=
	    CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}
	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR])
	fi
    fi
])


# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.8.6.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.8.6'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.8.6'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.8.6 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.8.6:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.8.6
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.8.6, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.8.6, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.8.6
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62 for sqlite 3.8.7.
#
# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization.  ##
................................................................................
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='sqlite'
PACKAGE_VERSION='3.8.7'
PACKAGE_STRING='sqlite 3.8.7'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures sqlite 3.8.7 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................
  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of sqlite 3.8.7:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
sqlite configure 3.8.7
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62

Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
fi
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by sqlite $as_me 3.8.7, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 $@

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................

exec 6>&1

# Save the log message, to keep $[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by sqlite $as_me 3.8.7, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 $@
................................................................................
$config_commands

Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_version="\\
sqlite config.status 3.8.7
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.62,
  with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"

Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
  int *piStart,                   /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
  int *piEnd,                     /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
  int *piPos                      /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
  unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
  int iCode;
  char *zOut;
  const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
  const unsigned char *zStart = z;
  const unsigned char *zEnd;
  const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];

  /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.

  int *pnToken,                   /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
  int *piStart,                   /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
  int *piEnd,                     /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
  int *piPos                      /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
  unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
  unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
  int iCode = 0;
  char *zOut;
  const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
  const unsigned char *zStart = z;
  const unsigned char *zEnd;
  const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];

  /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.

  ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first 
  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
  ** using this format.
  */
  const static unsigned int aEntry[] = {
    0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
    0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
    0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
    0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
    0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
    0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
    0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
................................................................................
    0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
  };

  if( c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
................................................................................
      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
      iHi = iTest-1;
    }
  }
  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
};


/*
** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
** is a diacritical modifier character.
*/
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){

  ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first 
  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
  ** using this format.
  */
  static const unsigned int aEntry[] = {
    0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07,
    0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01,
    0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401,
    0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01,
    0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01,
    0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802,
    0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F,
................................................................................
    0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001,
  };

  if( c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes = 0;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
................................................................................
      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
      iHi = iTest-1;
    }
  }
  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);
}


/*
** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
** is a diacritical modifier character.
*/
int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){

      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
      iHi = iTest-1;
    }
  }
  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);}
  puts "\};"
}

proc print_isdiacritic {zFunc map} {

  set lCode [list]
  foreach m $map {
    foreach {code char} $m {}
................................................................................
  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
  ** using this format.
  */
  }]
  puts -nonewline "  const static unsigned int aEntry\[\] = \{"
  set i 0
  foreach range $lRange {
    foreach {iFirst nRange} $range {}
    set u32 [format "0x%08X" [expr ($iFirst<<10) + $nRange]]

    if {($i % 5)==0} {puts "" ; puts -nonewline "   "}
    puts -nonewline " $u32,"
................................................................................
  an_print_range_array $lRange
  an_print_ascii_bitmap $lRange
  puts {
  if( c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
................................................................................
*/

/*
** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
*/
  }]
  puts ""
  puts "#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61)"
  puts "#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)"
  puts ""
  puts "#include <assert.h>"
  puts ""
}

proc print_test_main {} {
................................................................................
if {$::generate_test_code} {
  print_test_isalnum sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum $lRange
  print_fold_test sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold $mappings
  print_test_main 
}

puts "#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */"
puts "#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) */"

      iLo = iTest+1;
    }else{
      iHi = iTest-1;
    }
  }
  assert( key>=aDia[iRes] );
  return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]);}
  puts "\}"
}

proc print_isdiacritic {zFunc map} {

  set lCode [list]
  foreach m $map {
    foreach {code char} $m {}
................................................................................
  ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store
  ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value 
  ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint 
  ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints 
  ** using this format.
  */
  }]
  puts -nonewline "  static const unsigned int aEntry\[\] = \{"
  set i 0
  foreach range $lRange {
    foreach {iFirst nRange} $range {}
    set u32 [format "0x%08X" [expr ($iFirst<<10) + $nRange]]

    if {($i % 5)==0} {puts "" ; puts -nonewline "   "}
    puts -nonewline " $u32,"
................................................................................
  an_print_range_array $lRange
  an_print_ascii_bitmap $lRange
  puts {
  if( c<128 ){
    return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 );
  }else if( c<(1<<22) ){
    unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF;
    int iRes = 0;
    int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1;
    int iLo = 0;
    while( iHi>=iLo ){
      int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2;
      if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){
        iRes = iTest;
        iLo = iTest+1;
................................................................................
*/

/*
** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE.
*/
  }]
  puts ""
  puts "#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE"
  puts "#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4)"
  puts ""
  puts "#include <assert.h>"
  puts ""
}

proc print_test_main {} {
................................................................................
if {$::generate_test_code} {
  print_test_isalnum sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum $lRange
  print_fold_test sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold $mappings
  print_test_main 
}

puts "#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */"
puts "#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */"

static void writefileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  FILE *out;
  const char *z;
  int n;
  sqlite3_int64 rc;
  const char *zFile;

  zFile = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zFile==0 ) return;
  out = fopen(zFile, "wb");
  if( out==0 ) return;
  z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
  if( z==0 ){
    n = 0;
    rc = 0;
  }else{
    n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
    rc = fwrite(z, 1, n, out);
  }
  fclose(out);
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}


#ifdef _WIN32

static void writefileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  FILE *out;
  const char *z;

  sqlite3_int64 rc;
  const char *zFile;

  zFile = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zFile==0 ) return;
  out = fopen(zFile, "wb");
  if( out==0 ) return;
  z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
  if( z==0 ){

    rc = 0;
  }else{
    rc = fwrite(z, 1, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]), out);

  }
  fclose(out);
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}


#ifdef _WIN32

    }
    zK2 = (char*)phoneticHash((const unsigned char*)zK1, i);
    if( zK2==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zK1);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){

      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
             "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\"(rank,langid,word,k1,k2) "
             "VALUES(%d,%d,%Q,%Q,%Q)",
             p->zDbName, p->zTableName,
             iRank, iLang, zWord, zK1, zK2
      );









      *pRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db);
    }else{
      rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
      newRowid = *pRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
             "UPDATE \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\" SET id=%lld, rank=%d, langid=%d,"
             " word=%Q, k1=%Q, k2=%Q WHERE id=%lld",

    }
    zK2 = (char*)phoneticHash((const unsigned char*)zK1, i);
    if( zK2==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(zK1);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
      if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL ){
        spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
               "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\"(rank,langid,word,k1,k2) "
               "VALUES(%d,%d,%Q,%Q,%Q)",
               p->zDbName, p->zTableName,
               iRank, iLang, zWord, zK1, zK2
        );
      }else{
        newRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
        spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
               "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\"(id,rank,langid,word,k1,k2) "
               "VALUES(%lld,%d,%d,%Q,%Q,%Q)",
               p->zDbName, p->zTableName,
               newRowid, iRank, iLang, zWord, zK1, zK2
        );
      }
      *pRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db);
    }else{
      rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
      newRowid = *pRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]);
      spellfix1DbExec(&rc, db,
             "UPDATE \"%w\".\"%w_vocab\" SET id=%lld, rank=%d, langid=%d,"
             " word=%Q, k1=%Q, k2=%Q WHERE id=%lld",

  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
  int ii;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iCell = 0;

  rtreeReference(pRtree);


  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;





  if( idxNum==1 ){
    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
    RtreeSearchPoint *p;     /* Search point for the the leaf */
    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
    i64 iNode = 0;
    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);

  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
  int ii;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iCell = 0;

  rtreeReference(pRtree);

  /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */
  freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);

  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
  pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree;

  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
  if( idxNum==1 ){
    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
    RtreeSearchPoint *p;     /* Search point for the the leaf */
    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
    i64 iNode = 0;
    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode);

#   rtree-4.*: Test INSERT
#   rtree-5.*: Test DELETE
#   rtree-6.*: Test UPDATE
#   rtree-7.*: Test renaming an r-tree table.
#   rtree-8.*: Test constrained scans of r-tree data.
#
#   rtree-12.*: Test that on-conflict clauses are supported.

#

ifcapable !rtree {
  finish_test
  return
}

................................................................................
    do_test $testname.2 [list sql_uses_stmt db $sql] $uses
    do_execsql_test $testname.3 { SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY idx } $data

    do_test $testname.4 { rtree_check db t1 } 0
    db close
  }
}





















finish_test

#   rtree-4.*: Test INSERT
#   rtree-5.*: Test DELETE
#   rtree-6.*: Test UPDATE
#   rtree-7.*: Test renaming an r-tree table.
#   rtree-8.*: Test constrained scans of r-tree data.
#
#   rtree-12.*: Test that on-conflict clauses are supported.
#   rtree-13.*: Test that bug [d2889096e7bdeac6d] has been fixed.
#

ifcapable !rtree {
  finish_test
  return
}

................................................................................
    do_test $testname.2 [list sql_uses_stmt db $sql] $uses
    do_execsql_test $testname.3 { SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY idx } $data

    do_test $testname.4 { rtree_check db t1 } 0
    db close
  }
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test that bug [d2889096e7bdeac6d] has been fixed.
#
reset_db
do_execsql_test 13.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t9 USING rtree(id, xmin, xmax);
  INSERT INTO t9 VALUES(1,0,0);            
  INSERT INTO t9 VALUES(2,0,0);
  SELECT * FROM t9 WHERE id IN (1, 2);
} {1 0.0 0.0 2 0.0 0.0}

do_execsql_test 13.2 {
  WITH r(x) AS (
    SELECT 1 UNION ALL
    SELECT 2 UNION ALL
    SELECT 3
  )
  SELECT * FROM r CROSS JOIN t9 WHERE id=x;
} {1 1 0.0 0.0 2 2 0.0 0.0}

finish_test

# 2014-08-21
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file contains tests for the r-tree module.
#
# This file contains test cases for the ticket
# [369d57fb8e5ccdff06f197a37147a88f9de95cda] (2014-08-21)
#
#  The following SQL causes an assertion fault while running
#  sqlite3_prepare() on the DELETE statement:
#
#     CREATE TABLE t1(x);
#     CREATE TABLE t2(y);
#     CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING rtree(a,b,c);
#     CREATE TRIGGER t2del AFTER DELETE ON t2 WHEN (SELECT 1 from t1) BEGIN 
#       DELETE FROM t3 WHERE a=old.y; 
#     END;
#     DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=1;
# 

if {![info exists testdir]} {
  set testdir [file join [file dirname [info script]] .. .. test]
} 
source $testdir/tester.tcl
ifcapable !rtree { finish_test ; return }

do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(x);
  CREATE TABLE t2(y);
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t3 USING rtree(a,b,c);
  CREATE TRIGGER t2dwl AFTER DELETE ON t2 WHEN (SELECT 1 from t1) BEGIN 
    DELETE FROM t3 WHERE a=old.y; 
  END;

  INSERT INTO t1(x) VALUES(999);
  INSERT INTO t2(y) VALUES(1),(2),(3),(4),(5);
  INSERT INTO t3(a,b,c) VALUES(1,2,3),(2,3,4),(3,4,5),(4,5,6),(5,6,7);

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 3 4 5 | 1 2 3 4 5}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.2 {
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=3;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 4 5 | 1 2 4 5}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.3 {
  DELETE FROM t1;
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=5;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 4 5 | 1 2 4}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.4 {
  INSERT INTO t1 DEFAULT VALUES;
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=5;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 2 4 5 | 1 2 4}
do_execsql_test rtreeF-1.5 {
  DELETE FROM t2 WHERE y=2;

  SELECT a FROM t3 ORDER BY a;
  SELECT '|';
  SELECT y FROM t2 ORDER BY y;
} {1 4 5 | 1 4}

finish_test

#endif
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
}

/*
** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters
** are:
**     N:    The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk
**     K:    The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk
**     C:    The number of rows in the index
**




** C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
**
** For ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for WITHOUT ROWID tables,
** N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the primary key.  For the
** covering index that implements the original WITHOUT ROWID table, N==K.

**
** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. 
** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). 
*/
static void statInit(
  sqlite3_context *context,
................................................................................
** Arguments:
**
**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
**
** The SQL function always returns NULL.



**
** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
*/
static void statPush(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
................................................................................
#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */

/*
** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
** used to query the results.  Content is returned for parameter J



** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
**
** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
** stat1 table entry information.
*/
................................................................................
  iTabCur = iTab++;
  iIdxCur = iTab++;
  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);

  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns indexed by pIdx */
    int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */
    int addrGotoChng0;            /* Address of "Goto addr_chng_0" */
    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */


    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
    if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
      nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
      zIdxName = pTab->zName;

    }else{
      nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;

    }
    aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nCol+1));
    if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;

    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0);
    VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName));

    /*
    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
................................................................................
    **
    **  chng_addr_0:
    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
    **  chng_addr_1:
    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
    **  ...
    **
    **  chng_addr_N:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    **
    **  end_of_scan:
    */

    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nCol);

    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));

    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
    ** 
    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid,


    **    (2) the number of rows in the index,
    **

    ** The second argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3);
#endif
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);
................................................................................
    **   regChng = 0
    **   goto next_push_0;
    **
    */
    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
    addrGotoChng0 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);







    /*
    **  next_row:
    **   regChng = 0
    **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
    **   regChng = 1
    **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
    **   ...
    **   regChng = N
    **   goto chng_addr_N
    */

    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);







    for(i=0; i<nCol-1; i++){
      char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
      aGotoChng[i] = 
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol-1, regChng);
    aGotoChng[nCol] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);



    /*
    **  chng_addr_0:
    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
    **  chng_addr_1:
    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
    **  ...
    */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGotoChng0);
    for(i=0; i<nCol-1; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
    }




    /*
    **  chng_addr_N:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[nCol]);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
    }else{
      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
      int j, k, regKey;
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */

    /* End of analysis */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
  }


  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
  ** name and the row count as the content.
  */
  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){

#endif
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
}

/*
** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters
** are:
**     N:    The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1)
**     K:    The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk.
**     C:    The number of rows in the index (note 2)
**
** Note 1:  In the special case of the covering index that implements a
** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the
** total number of columns in the table.
**
** Note 2:  C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4.
**
** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1.  But for indexes on
** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the
** PRIMARY KEY of the table.  The covering index that implements the
** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case.
**
** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return 
** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. 
** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). 
*/
static void statInit(
  sqlite3_context *context,
................................................................................
** Arguments:
**
**    P     Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init()
**    C     Index of left-most column to differ from previous row
**    R     Rowid for the current row.  Might be a key record for
**          WITHOUT ROWID tables.
**
** This SQL function always returns NULL.  It's purpose it to accumulate
** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the
** index being analyzed.  The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to
** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables.
**
** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
*/
static void statPush(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
................................................................................
#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1          /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NEQ   2          /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NLT   3          /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */
#define STAT_GET_NDLT  4          /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */

/*
** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function.  This routine is
** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into
** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push().  The P parameter
** is a BLOB which is decoded into a pointer to the Stat4Accum objects.
** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J
** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above.
**
** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always
** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes
** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the
** stat1 table entry information.
*/
................................................................................
  iTabCur = iTab++;
  iIdxCur = iTab++;
  pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);

  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */

    int addrRewind;               /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */

    int addrNextRow;              /* Address of "next_row:" */
    const char *zIdxName;         /* Name of the index */
    int nColTest;                 /* Number of columns to test for changes */

    if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
    if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0;
    if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){
      nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol;
      zIdxName = pTab->zName;
      nColTest = nCol - 1;
    }else{
      nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
      zIdxName = pIdx->zName;
      nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1;
    }



    /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0);
    VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName));

    /*
    ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push():
................................................................................
    **
    **  chng_addr_0:
    **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
    **  chng_addr_1:
    **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
    **  ...
    **
    **  endDistinctTest:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    **
    **  end_of_scan:
    */

    /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate 
    ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
    ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of 
    ** the sqlite_stat4 table.  */
    pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest);

    /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));

    /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
    ** 
    **    (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid
    **        (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns),
    **    (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk
    **    (3) the number of rows in the index,
    **
    **
    ** The third argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3);
#endif
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4);
................................................................................
    **   regChng = 0
    **   goto next_push_0;
    **
    */
    addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng);
    addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);

    if( nColTest>0 ){
      int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      int *aGotoChng;               /* Array of jump instruction addresses */
      aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest);
      if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue;

      /*
      **  next_row:
      **   regChng = 0
      **   if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0
      **   regChng = 1
      **   if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1
      **   ...
      **   regChng = N
      **   goto endDistinctTest
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
      addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
        /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL
        ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip 
        ** subsequent distinctness tests. */
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
        char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp);
        aGotoChng[i] = 
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng);

      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endDistinctTest);
  
  
      /*
      **  chng_addr_0:
      **   regPrev(0) = idx(0)
      **  chng_addr_1:
      **   regPrev(1) = idx(1)
      **  ...
      */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1);
      for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng);
    }
  
    /*
    **  chng_addr_N:
    **   regRowid = idx(rowid)            // STAT34 only
    **   stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid)  // 3rd parameter STAT34 only
    **   Next csr
    **   if !eof(csr) goto next_row;
    */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
    assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) );
    if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid);
    }else{
      Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable);
      int j, k, regKey;
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull);
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */

    /* End of analysis */
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind);

  }


  /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index
  ** name and the row count as the content.
  */
  if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){

  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);

  if( i==1 ){
    Parse *pParse;
    int rc = 0;
    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
    if( pParse==0 ){
      sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pParse->db = pDb;
      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
        sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
      sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
    }
    if( rc ){
      return 0;
    }
  }

  if( i<0 ){
    sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
    return 0;
  }

  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
}

/*
................................................................................
  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);

  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
    sqlite3Error(
        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
    );
    p = 0;
  }else {
    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
    if( !p ){
      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    }
  }

  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
  if( p ){
    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
................................................................................

  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK);

  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);

    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a

  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);

  if( i==1 ){
    Parse *pParse;
    int rc = 0;
    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
    if( pParse==0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pParse->db = pDb;
      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
        sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
      sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
      sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
    }
    if( rc ){
      return 0;
    }
  }

  if( i<0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
    return 0;
  }

  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
}

/*
................................................................................
  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);

  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(
        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
    );
    p = 0;
  }else {
    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
    ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
    ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
    ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
    if( !p ){
      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM);
    }
  }

  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
  if( p ){
    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
................................................................................

  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK);

  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc);

    /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
    sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
  if( p->pDestDb ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a

  p->locked = 1;
}

/*
** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
** clear the p->locked boolean.
*/
static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( p->locked==1 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  assert( p->db==pBt->db );

  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
  p->locked = 0;
}




/*
** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
** of this interface is recursive.
................................................................................
** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
  Btree *pLater;

  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
................................................................................
  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
  ** should already be set correctly. */
  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );

  if( !p->sharable ) return;
  p->wantToLock++;
  if( p->locked ) return;












  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pBt->db = p->db;
................................................................................
  lockBtreeMutex(p);
  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
  if( p->sharable ){
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );

  p->locked = 1;
}

/*
** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
** clear the p->locked boolean.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( p->locked==1 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  assert( p->db==pBt->db );

  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
  p->locked = 0;
}

/* Forward reference */
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p);

/*
** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
** of this interface is recursive.
................................................................................
** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){


  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
................................................................................
  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
  ** should already be set correctly. */
  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );

  if( !p->sharable ) return;
  p->wantToLock++;
  if( p->locked ) return;
  btreeLockCarefully(p);
}

/* This is a helper function for sqlite3BtreeLock(). By moving
** complex, but seldom used logic, out of sqlite3BtreeLock() and
** into this routine, we avoid unnecessary stack pointer changes
** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster
** in the common case.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){
  Btree *pLater;

  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pBt->db = p->db;
................................................................................
  lockBtreeMutex(p);
  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
  if( p->sharable ){
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );

  }

  /* If the client is reading  or writing an index and the schema is
  ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
  ** the correct locks are held.  So do not bother - just return true.
  ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
  */
  if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
    return 1;
  }

  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
  ** table.  */
................................................................................
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
  }

  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
  return rc;
}




/*
** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on



** the table  with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).




*/
static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
  BtCursor *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
















    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
          return rc;
        }
      }else{
        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
      }
    }
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
................................................................................

#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
         SQLITE_OK)

/*
** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it

** was last placed at.  Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
** at is deleted out from under them.


**
** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong.  The
** integer *pHasMoved is set as follows:

**
**    0:   The cursor is unchanged
**    1:   The cursor is still pointing at the same row, but the pointers
**         returned by sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch() or sqlite3BtreeDataFetch()
**         might now be invalid because of a balance() or other change to the
**         b-tree.
**    2:   The cursor is no longer pointing to the row.  The row might have





**         been deleted out from under the cursor.
*/






int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){


  int rc;


  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
    *pHasMoved = 0;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc ){
    *pHasMoved = 2;

    return rc;
  }
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){
    *pHasMoved = 2;
  }else{
    *pHasMoved = 1;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
................................................................................
** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
*/
static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
  int nFrag;                           /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
  int rc;         /* Integer return code */
  int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
  
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt );
................................................................................
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
  assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );

  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
  top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
  if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  testcase( gap+2==top );
  testcase( gap+1==top );
  testcase( gap==top );

  if( nFrag>=60 ){
    /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
  }else if( gap+2<=top ){
    /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy 
    ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in 
    ** the list that is large enough to accommodate it.
    */

    int pc, addr;
    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
      int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
      if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( size>=nByte ){
        int x = size - nByte;
        testcase( x==4 );
        testcase( x==3 );
        if( x<4 ){

          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
          data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
        }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        }else{
          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
        }
        *pIdx = pc + x;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
  ** the allocation.  If not, defragment.
  */
  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){


    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
  }


................................................................................
  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  *pIdx = top;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
**
** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
** free blocks into a single big free block.





*/
static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
  int addr, pbegin, hdr;





  int iLast;                        /* Largest possible freeblock offset */

  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;

  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
  assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( size>=0 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */

  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
    /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
    ** option is enabled */
    memset(&data[start], 0, size);
  }

  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks.  Note that
  ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
  ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
  ** freeblocks that overlapped cells.   Nor does it detect when the
  ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header.  If these
  ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
  ** the freelist.  So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
  ** the freelist.
  */
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  addr = hdr + 1;
  iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
  assert( start<=iLast );
  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
    if( pbegin<addr+4 ){
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    addr = pbegin;
  }
  if( pbegin>iLast ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
  pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;

  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
  addr = hdr + 1;
  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
    int pnext, psize, x;
    assert( pbegin>addr );
    assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
      if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
      x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
      put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
      x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
    }else{
      addr = pbegin;
    }
  }

  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
    int top;
    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
  }
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
**
................................................................................
*/
static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
  return pBt->nPage;
}
u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
  return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt);
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
** btreeInitPage().
**
................................................................................
  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
  int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);

  if( *pRC ) return;

  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );

  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
  assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  /* The cell should normally be sized correctly.  However, when moving a
  ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
  ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
  ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node.  Hence

  }

  /* If the client is reading  or writing an index and the schema is
  ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
  ** the correct locks are held.  So do not bother - just return true.
  ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
  */
  if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->schemaFlags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
    return 1;
  }

  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
  ** table.  */
................................................................................
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
  }

  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
  return rc;
}

/* Forward reference */
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*);

/*
** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
** the table with root-page iRoot.  "Saving the cursor position" means that
** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be
** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified.  This
** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the
** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert().
**
** Implementation note:  This routine merely checks to see if any cursors
** need to be saved.  It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual)
** event that cursors are in need to being saved.
*/
static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
  BtCursor *p;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break;
  }
  return p ? saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept) : SQLITE_OK;
}

/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving
** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving.
** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is
** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(
  BtCursor *p,           /* The first cursor that needs saving */
  Pgno iRoot,            /* Only save cursor with this iRoot.  Save all if zero */
  BtCursor *pExcept      /* Do not save this cursor */
){
  do{
    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
      if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
        int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
        if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
          return rc;
        }
      }else{
        testcase( p->iPage>0 );
        btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
      }
    }
    p = p->pNext;
  }while( p );
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
................................................................................

#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
         SQLITE_OK)

/*
** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where
** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason.
** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out

** from under them, for example.  Cursor might also move if a btree
** is rebalanced.
**


** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false.
**

** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor
** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){
  return pCur && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID;
}

/*
** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).  
**
** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
** pointing at exactly the same row.  *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some
** nearby row.
**
** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned
** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved().
*/
int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){
  int rc;

  assert( pCur!=0 );
  assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );



  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc ){

    *pDifferentRow = 1;
    return rc;
  }
  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){
    *pDifferentRow = 1;
  }else{
    *pDifferentRow = 0;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
................................................................................
** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
*/
static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */

  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
  int rc;         /* Integer return code */
  int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
  
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt );
................................................................................
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
  assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );

  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
  assert( gap<=65536 );
  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  if( gap>top ){
    if( top==0 ){
      top = 65536;
    }else{
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
  }

  /* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer
  ** array entry offset, and if the freelist is not empty, then search the
  ** freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy the request.
  */
  testcase( gap+2==top );
  testcase( gap+1==top );
  testcase( gap==top );
  if( gap+2<=top && (data[hdr+1] || data[hdr+2]) ){
    int pc, addr;
    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
      int size;            /* Size of the free slot */
      if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( size>=nByte ){
        int x = size - nByte;
        testcase( x==4 );
        testcase( x==3 );
        if( x<4 ){
          if( data[hdr+7]>=60 ) goto defragment_page;
          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
          data[hdr+7] += (u8)x;
        }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        }else{
          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
        }
        *pIdx = pc + x;
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }
  }

  /* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot.  Check
  ** to see if defragmentation is necessary.
  */
  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
defragment_page:
    testcase( pPage->nCell==0 );
    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
  }


................................................................................
  assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  *pIdx = top;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aData[iStart]
** and the size of the block is iSize bytes.
**
** Adjacent freeblocks are coalesced.
**
** Note that even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
** that routine will not detect overlap between cells or freeblocks.  Nor
** does it detect cells or freeblocks that encrouch into the reserved bytes
** at the end of the page.  So do additional corruption checks inside this
** routine and return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any problems are found.
*/
static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){

  u16 iPtr;                             /* Address of pointer to next freeblock */
  u16 iFreeBlk;                         /* Address of the next freeblock */
  u8 hdr;                               /* Page header size.  0 or 100 */
  u8 nFrag = 0;                         /* Reduction in fragmentation */
  u16 iOrigSize = iSize;                /* Original value of iSize */
  u32 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize-4; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
  u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize;            /* First byte past the iStart buffer */
  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;   /* Page content */

  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
  assert( iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( iSize>=4 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( iStart<=iLast );

  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
  ** option is enabled */
  if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){
    memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize);
  }

  /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order.  Find the 
  ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted.
  */
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  iPtr = hdr + 1;
  if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){
    iFreeBlk = 0;  /* Shortcut for the case when the freelist is empty */
  }else{
    while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))>0 && iFreeBlk<iStart ){
      if( iFreeBlk<iPtr+4 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      iPtr = iFreeBlk;
    }
    if( iFreeBlk>iLast ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 );
  
    /* At this point:
    **    iFreeBlk:   First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none
    **    iPtr:       The address of a pointer iFreeBlk
    **
    ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart.
    */
    if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){
      nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd;
      if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]);
      iSize = iEnd - iStart;
      iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]);
    }
  
    /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist pointer
    ** in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be coalesced 
    ** onto the end of iPtr.
    */
    if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){
      int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]);
      if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){
        if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd;
        iSize = iEnd - iPtr;
        iStart = iPtr;
      }
    }
    if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    data[hdr+7] -= nFrag;
  }
  if( iStart==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ){
    /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area,
    ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another
    ** freelist entry */
    if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd);
  }else{
    /* Insert the new freeblock into the freelist */
    put2byte(&data[iPtr], iStart);
    put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk);
    put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize);
  }
  pPage->nFree += iOrigSize;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
**
................................................................................
*/
static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
  return pBt->nPage;
}
u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
  return btreePagecount(p->pBt);
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
** btreeInitPage().
**
................................................................................
  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
  int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);

  if( *pRC ) return;

  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
  assert( MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) || CORRUPT_DB );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) );
  assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  /* The cell should normally be sized correctly.  However, when moving a
  ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
  ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
  ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node.  Hence

int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
  BtCursor*,
  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
  i64 intKey,
  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);

int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);

int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
  BtCursor*,
  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
  i64 intKey,
  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);

** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
**
** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;
  int nName;
  assert( zName!=0 );
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
................................................................................
** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
** using the ATTACH command.
*/
Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
  Index *p = 0;
  int i;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
    assert( pSchema );
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Reclaim the memory used by an index
................................................................................
** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
** with the index.
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
  Index *pIndex;
  int len;
  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
  len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName);
  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
    }else{
      Index *p;
      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
      ** indices. */
................................................................................
  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0
      );
      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
    }
    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
  }

................................................................................

  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( zTabName );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
                        sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0);
  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
** token.  Space to hold the returned string
................................................................................

  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
                             sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p);
    if( pOld ){
      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
................................................................................
      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
      pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
    }else{
      pTable->nCol = 0;
      nErr++;
    }
    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
  } else {
    nErr++;
................................................................................
  }
  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
      pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey
  );
  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    goto fk_end;
  }
  if( pNextTo ){
    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
................................................................................
  if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));

  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None && pKey!=0 ){
    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
                         pKey->nField - pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
  }else{
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
................................................................................
    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
    */
    Index *pIdx;
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      int k;
      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
      assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF );
      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );

      if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue;
      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){
        const char *z1;
        const char *z2;
        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
................................................................................
  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
  ** in-memory database structures. 
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Index *p;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
                          pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName),
                          pIndex);
    if( p ){
      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
    if( pTblName!=0 ){
................................................................................
  ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5.  */
  memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst));
  for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
    a[i] = 23;                    assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) );
  }

  assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0;
}

/*
** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
*/
void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){

** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
**
** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;

  assert( zName!=0 );

  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
................................................................................
** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
** using the ATTACH command.
*/
Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
  Index *p = 0;
  int i;

  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
    assert( pSchema );
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Reclaim the memory used by an index
................................................................................
** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
** with the index.
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
  Index *pIndex;

  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;

  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
    }else{
      Index *p;
      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
      ** indices. */
................................................................................
  /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      char *zName = pIndex->zName; 
      TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
         &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0
      );
      assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
      assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
    }
    freeIndex(db, pIndex);
  }

................................................................................

  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( zTabName );
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  testcase( zTabName[0]==0 );  /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, 0);

  sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
** token.  Space to hold the returned string
................................................................................

  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, p);

    if( pOld ){
      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
................................................................................
      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
      assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
      pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews;
    }else{
      pTable->nCol = 0;
      nErr++;
    }
    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
  } else {
    nErr++;
................................................................................
  }
  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
      pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey
  );
  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
    goto fk_end;
  }
  if( pNextTo ){
    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
................................................................................
  if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0));

  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
  assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
  if( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) && pKey!=0 ){
    int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2);
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord,
                         pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex);
  }else{
    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
................................................................................
    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
    */
    Index *pIdx;
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      int k;
      assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) );
      assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF );
      assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) );

      if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue;
      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){
        const char *z1;
        const char *z2;
        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
................................................................................
  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
  ** in-memory database structures. 
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Index *p;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 

                          pIndex->zName, pIndex);
    if( p ){
      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
    if( pTblName!=0 ){
................................................................................
  ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5.  */
  memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst));
  for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
    a[i] = 23;                    assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) );
  }

  assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) );
  if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0;
}

/*
** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
*/
void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){

*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);

  if( 0==pColl && create ){

    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
    if( pColl ){
      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);

      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
      ** to the hash table).
      */
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
      if( pDel!=0 ){
................................................................................
  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
  if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
    pSchema->iGeneration++;
    pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
  }
}

/*
** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
** a new one if necessary.
*/

*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
){
  CollSeq *pColl;

  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);

  if( 0==pColl && create ){
    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1);
    if( pColl ){
      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl);

      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
      ** to the hash table).
      */
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
      if( pDel!=0 ){
................................................................................
  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
  if( pSchema->schemaFlags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
    pSchema->iGeneration++;
    pSchema->schemaFlags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
  }
}

/*
** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
** a new one if necessary.
*/

  
    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
    ** triggers.
    */
    if( !isView ){

      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
                                 &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
      assert( pPk || iDataCur==iTabCur );
      assert( pPk || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
    }
  
    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
    ** where-clause loop above.
    */
    if( okOnePass ){
      /* Just one row.  Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */
      assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */

      if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
        assert( pPk!=0 );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
    }else if( pPk ){
      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);

  
    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
    ** triggers.
    */
    if( !isView ){
      testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) );
      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen,
                                 &iDataCur, &iIdxCur);
      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur );
      assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 );
    }
  
    /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the
    ** where-clause loop above.
    */
    if( okOnePass ){
      /* Just one row.  Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */
      assert( nKey==nPk );  /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */
      assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
      if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){
        assert( pPk!=0 );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }
    }else if( pPk ){
      addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v);

  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
  switch( op ){
    case TK_INTEGER:
    case TK_STRING:
    case TK_FLOAT:
    case TK_BLOB:
      return 0;



    default:
      return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
................................................................................
** address of the new instruction.
*/
int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);      /* Virtual machine being coded */
  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++);
}



































/*
** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
**
** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
**
** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that the RHS of the IN operator
** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
**
** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
**
**   IN_INDEX_ROWID      - The cursor was opened on a database table.
**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC  - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
**   IN_INDEX_EPH        - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
**                         populated epheremal table.


**
** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
** subquery such as:
**
**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
**
** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
** pX->iTable made to point to the ephermeral table instead of an
** existing table.  
**







** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate
** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an
** epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
**
** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used 
** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must 
** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
**
** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL 
** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)".
** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged.
**
** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then
** its initial value is NULL.  If the (...) does not remain constant
** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...)
** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is
** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the
** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following:
**
**   if( register==NULL ){
**     has_null = <test if data structure contains null>
**     register = 1
**   }
**
** in order to avoid running the <test if data structure contains null>
** test more often than is necessary.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){
  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
  int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0);   /* True if RHS must be unique */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);     /* Virtual machine being coded */

  assert( pX->op==TK_IN );


  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
  ** ephemeral table.
  */
  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
................................................................................
      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
      */
      int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity);

      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
         && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
        ){
          int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
          sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
          assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];

          if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
            *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
          }
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
        }
      }
    }
  }

















  if( eType==0 ){
    /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
    */
    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
    if( prNotFound ){
      *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound);
    }else{
      pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;
      if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
      }


    }
    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
    pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
  }else{
    pX->iTable = iTab;
  }
  return eType;
................................................................................
** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
**
** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want
** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate
** all corresponding LHS elements.  All this routine does is initialize
** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL.  Calling routines will take
** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
**
** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used
** for membership testing only.  There is no need to initialize any
** registers to indicate the presence or absence of NULLs on the RHS.
**
** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
** result.  For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
  int rMayHaveNull,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
){
  int testAddr = -1;                      /* One-time test address */
  int rReg = 0;                           /* Register storing resulting */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);

  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
  ** if any of the following is true:
................................................................................
  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
  **    *  We are inside a trigger
  **
  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
  */
  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
    testAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
  }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
        pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
        pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
    );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
  }
#endif

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_IN: {
      char affinity;              /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
      int addr;                   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;      /* Key information */

      if( rMayHaveNull ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
      }

      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);

      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
      ** expression it is handled the same way.  An ephemeral table is 
      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
      **
................................................................................

      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
        **
        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
        ** table allocated and opened above.
        */

        SelectDest dest;
        ExprList *pEList;

        assert( !isRowid );
        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
        pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0;


        testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){
          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
          return 0;
        }
        pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList;
        assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
        assert( pEList!=0 );
        assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
        assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
        pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
                                                         pEList->a[0].pExpr);
      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
................................................................................
          assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
          pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
        }

        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
          int iValToIns;

          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
          */
          if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr);
            testAddr = -1;
          }

          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
          if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
          }else{
            r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
................................................................................
      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );

      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;

        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
      }else{
        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
      }
................................................................................
      }
      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
      break;
    }
  }

  if( testAddr>=0 ){




    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr);
  }
  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);

  return rReg;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

................................................................................
**
** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression.  The right-hand side (RHS)
** is an array of zero or more values.  The expression is true if the LHS is
** contained within the RHS.  The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
**
** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not 
** contained within the RHS.  If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull.  If the LHS is contained
** within the RHS then fall through.
*/
static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Expr *pExpr,          /* The IN expression */
................................................................................

  /* Compute the RHS.   After this step, the table with cursor
  ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
  */
  v = pParse->pVdbe;
  assert( v!=0 );       /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
  VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
  eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull);



  /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
  ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
  ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
  */
  affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);

  /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
  */
  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);












































  /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
  ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
  */

  if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
    /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
    ** the same. */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
  }else{
    int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
  }


  if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
    /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
  }else{
    /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);

    /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
    ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
    ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
    ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
    ** expression is also NULL.
    */

    if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){
      /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
      ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
      ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
      **
      ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
      ** for this particular IN operator.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }else{
      /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
      ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
      ** outcome.
      */
      int j1, j2;

      /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS.  If so,
      ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump
      ** over all of the code that follows.



      */
      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
      VdbeCoverage(v);

      /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not
      ** contained within the RHS.  Generate additional code that
      ** tests the RHS for NULLs.  If the RHS contains a NULL then
      ** jump to destIfNull.  If there are no NULLs in the RHS then
      ** jump to destIfFalse.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, rRhsHasNull, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rRhsHasNull);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, rRhsHasNull);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);

      /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, 
      ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
    }
  }
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
  VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
................................................................................
    case TK_AS: {
      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
    case TK_CAST: {
      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
      int aff, to_op;
      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
      aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
      to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
      assert( to_op==OP_ToText    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE    );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToInt     || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToReal    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL    );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToText );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
      testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
      if( inReg!=target ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
        inReg = target;
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);

      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
      break;
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
    case TK_LT:
    case TK_LE:
................................................................................
      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
      testcase( regFree1==0 );
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
      break;
    }
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
      if( pInfo==0 ){
        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
................................................................................
        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
      }
      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
      if( pDef==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
        break;
      }

      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evalation of
      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.

  if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
  switch( op ){
    case TK_INTEGER:
    case TK_STRING:
    case TK_FLOAT:
    case TK_BLOB:
      return 0;
    case TK_COLUMN:
      assert( p->pTab!=0 );
      return p->iColumn>=0 && p->pTab->aCol[p->iColumn].notNull==0;
    default:
      return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
................................................................................
** address of the new instruction.
*/
int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);      /* Virtual machine being coded */
  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++);
}

/*
** Generate code that checks the left-most column of index table iCur to see if
** it contains any NULL entries.  Cause the register at regHasNull to be set
** to a non-NULL value if iCur contains no NULLs.  Cause register regHasNull
** to be set to NULL if iCur contains one or more NULL values.
*/
static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){
  int j1;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regHasNull);
  j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iCur); VdbeCoverage(v);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, regHasNull);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
  VdbeComment((v, "first_entry_in(%d)", iCur));
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the 
** right-hand side.  Return TRUE if that list is constant.
*/
static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){
  Expr *pLHS;
  int res;
  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pIn, EP_xIsSelect) );
  pLHS = pIn->pLeft;
  pIn->pLeft = 0;
  res = sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pIn);
  pIn->pLeft = pLHS;
  return res;
}
#endif

/*
** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
**
** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
**
** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that is the RHS of the IN operator
** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
**
** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
**
**   IN_INDEX_ROWID      - The cursor was opened on a database table.
**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC  - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
**   IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
**   IN_INDEX_EPH        - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
**                         populated epheremal table.
**   IN_INDEX_NOOP       - No cursor was allocated.  The IN operator must be
**                         implemented as a sequence of comparisons.
**
** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
** subquery such as:
**
**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
**
** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
** pX->iTable made to point to the ephermeral table instead of an
** existing table.
**
** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits
** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP.  If inFlags contains
** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a
** fast membership test.  When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the
** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the
** IN operator.
**
** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate
** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates.
** An epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
**
** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used 
** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must 
** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
**
** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and
** if the RHS of the IN operator is a list (not a subquery) then this
** routine might decide that creating an ephemeral b-tree for membership
** testing is too expensive and return IN_INDEX_NOOP.  In that case, the
** calling routine should implement the IN operator using a sequence
** of Eq or Ne comparison operations.
**
** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator
** contains a NULL.  If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and 
** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
** NULL value, then *prRhsHasNull is left unchanged.
**
** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prRhsHasNull, then
** the value in that register will be NULL if the b-tree contains one or more
** NULL values, and it will be some non-NULL value if the b-tree contains no
** NULL values.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, u32 inFlags, int *prRhsHasNull){



  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
  int mustBeUnique;                     /* True if RHS must be unique */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);     /* Virtual machine being coded */

  assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
  mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0;

  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
  ** ephemeral table.
  */
  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
................................................................................
      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
      */
      int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity);

      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
         && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)))
        ){
          int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
          sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
          assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 );
          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0];

          if( prRhsHasNull && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
            *prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem;
            sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, *prRhsHasNull);
          }
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause
  ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply
  ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery
  ** and the RHS is not contant or has two or fewer terms,
  ** then it is not worth creating an ephermeral table to evaluate
  ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP.
  */
  if( eType==0
   && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK)
   && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect)
   && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2)
  ){
    eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP;
  }
     

  if( eType==0 ){
    /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
    */
    u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
    if( inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP ){



      pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;
      if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
      }
    }else if( prRhsHasNull ){
      *prRhsHasNull = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
    }
    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
    pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
  }else{
    pX->iTable = iTab;
  }
  return eType;
................................................................................
** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
**
** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.


** All this routine does is initialize the register given by rMayHaveNull
** to NULL.  Calling routines will take care of changing this register
** value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.




**
** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
** result.  For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
  int rHasNullFlag,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
){
  int jmpIfDynamic = -1;                      /* One-time test address */
  int rReg = 0;                           /* Register storing resulting */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);

  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
  ** if any of the following is true:
................................................................................
  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
  **    *  We are inside a trigger
  **
  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
  */
  if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){
    jmpIfDynamic = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v);
  }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  if( pParse->explain==2 ){
    char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
        pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", jmpIfDynamic>=0?"":"CORRELATED ",
        pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
    );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
  }
#endif

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_IN: {
      char affinity;              /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
      int addr;                   /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;      /* Key information */





      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);

      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
      ** expression it is handled the same way.  An ephemeral table is 
      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
      **
................................................................................

      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
        **
        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
        ** table allocated and opened above.
        */
        Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect;
        SelectDest dest;
        ExprList *pEList;

        assert( !isRowid );
        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
        dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity;
        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
        pSelect->iLimit = 0;
        testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct );
        pSelect->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
        testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */
        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){
          sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo);
          return 0;
        }
        pEList = pSelect->pEList;
        assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */
        assert( pEList!=0 );
        assert( pEList->nExpr>0 );
        assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
        pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
                                                         pEList->a[0].pExpr);
      }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
................................................................................
          assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) );
          pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
        }

        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
        if( isRowid ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
          int iValToIns;

          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
          */
          if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, jmpIfDynamic);
            jmpIfDynamic = -1;
          }

          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
          if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
          }else{
            r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
................................................................................
      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );

      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
        dest.iSdst = dest.iSDParm;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
      }else{
        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm);
        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
      }
................................................................................
      }
      rReg = dest.iSDParm;
      ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce);
      break;
    }
  }

  if( rHasNullFlag ){
    sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, pExpr->iTable, rHasNullFlag);
  }

  if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmpIfDynamic);
  }
  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);

  return rReg;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

................................................................................
**
** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression.  The right-hand side (RHS)
** is an array of zero or more values.  The expression is true if the LHS is
** contained within the RHS.  The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
**
** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not 
** contained within the RHS.  If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull.  If the LHS is contained
** within the RHS then fall through.
*/
static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Expr *pExpr,          /* The IN expression */
................................................................................

  /* Compute the RHS.   After this step, the table with cursor
  ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
  */
  v = pParse->pVdbe;
  assert( v!=0 );       /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
  VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
  eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr,
                             IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK,
                             destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull);

  /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
  ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
  ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
  */
  affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);

  /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
  */
  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);

  /* If sqlite3FindInIndex() did not find or create an index that is
  ** suitable for evaluating the IN operator, then evaluate using a
  ** sequence of comparisons.
  */
  if( eType==IN_INDEX_NOOP ){
    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
    int labelOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    int r2, regToFree;
    int regCkNull = 0;
    int ii;
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
    if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
      regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, r1, r1, regCkNull);
    }
    for(ii=0; ii<pList->nExpr; ii++){
      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, &regToFree);
      if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull);
      }
      if( ii<pList->nExpr-1 || destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Eq, r1, labelOk, r2,
                          (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
        VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii<pList->nExpr-1);
        VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii==pList->nExpr-1);
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity);
      }else{
        assert( destIfNull==destIfFalse );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, r1, destIfFalse, r2,
                          (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v);
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      }
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regToFree);
    }
    if( regCkNull ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regCkNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelOk);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCkNull);
  }else{
  
    /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
    ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
    */
    if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr->pLeft) ){
      if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
        /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
        ** the same. */
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v);
      }else{
        int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
      }
    }
  
    if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
      /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
      VdbeCoverage(v);
    }else{
      /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
  
      /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
      ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
      ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
      ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
      ** expression is also NULL.
      */
      assert( destIfFalse!=destIfNull || rRhsHasNull==0 );
      if( rRhsHasNull==0 ){
        /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
        ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
        ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
        **
        ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
        ** for this particular IN operator.
        */
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
        VdbeCoverage(v);
      }else{
        /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
        ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
        ** outcome.
        */
        int j1;
  
        /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS.  If so,
        ** then the answer is TRUE the presence of NULLs in the RHS does

        ** not matter.  If the LHS is not contained in the RHS, then the
        ** answer is NULL if the RHS contains NULLs and the answer is
        ** FALSE if the RHS is NULL-free.
        */
        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
        VdbeCoverage(v);







        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull);


        VdbeCoverage(v);

        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);


      }




    }
  }
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse);
  VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
................................................................................
    case TK_AS: {
      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
    case TK_CAST: {
      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */

      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);













      if( inReg!=target ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
        inReg = target;
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Cast, target,
                        sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0));
      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
      break;
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
    case TK_LT:
    case TK_LE:
................................................................................
      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
      testcase( regFree1==0 );
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL);
      VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
      break;
    }
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
      if( pInfo==0 ){
        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
................................................................................
        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
      }
      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
      if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFunc==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
        break;
      }

      /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
      ** IFNULL() functions.  This avoids unnecessary evalation of
      ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.

    assert( nCol>1 );
    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
    *paiCol = aiCol;
  }

  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ 
      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */

      if( zKey==0 ){
        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
................................................................................
** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
** table).
*/
FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName);
  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName);
}

/*
** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
** and all of its sub-components.
**
................................................................................
    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
      }else{
        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p);
      }
      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
      }
    }

    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is

    assert( nCol>1 );
    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
    *paiCol = aiCol;
  }

  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ 
      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */

      if( zKey==0 ){
        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
................................................................................
** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
** table).
*/
FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){

  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName);
}

/*
** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
** and all of its sub-components.
**
................................................................................
    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
    if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
      if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
        pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
      }else{
        void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
        const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
        sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, p);
      }
      if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
        pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
      }
    }

    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
** functions of SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "vdbeInt.h"

/*

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C-language implementions for many of the SQL
** functions of SQLite.  (Some function, and in particular the date and
** time functions, are implemented separately.)



*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "vdbeInt.h"

/*

  }
  pH->count = 0;
}

/*
** The hashing function.
*/
static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){
  unsigned int h = 0;
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  while( nKey > 0  ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
    nKey--;
  }
  return h;
}


/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
................................................................................

  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = new_ht;
  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size;
    next_elem = elem->next;
    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
  }
  return 1;
}

/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
  int nKey,           /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */
  unsigned int h      /* The hash for this key. */
){
  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */


  if( pH->ht ){


    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    elem = pEntry->chain;
    count = pEntry->count;
  }else{

    elem = pH->first;
    count = pH->count;
  }

  while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){

    if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
      return elem;
    }
    elem = elem->next;
  }
  return 0;
}

................................................................................
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  if( pH->ht ){
    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
  }else{
    h = 0;
  }
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h);
  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}

/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created and NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  if( pH->htsize ){
    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
  }else{
    h = 0;
  }
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
  if( elem ){
    void *old_data = elem->data;
    if( data==0 ){
      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
    }else{
      elem->data = data;
      elem->pKey = pKey;
      assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
    }
    return old_data;
  }
  if( data==0 ) return 0;
  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
  new_elem->pKey = pKey;
  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
  new_elem->data = data;
  pH->count++;
  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
      h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
    }
  }
  if( pH->ht ){
    insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
  }else{
    insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem);
  }
  return 0;
}

  }
  pH->count = 0;
}

/*
** The hashing function.
*/
static unsigned int strHash(const char *z){
  unsigned int h = 0;
  unsigned char c;
  while( (c = (unsigned char)*z++)!=0 ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[c];

  }
  return h;
}


/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
................................................................................

  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = new_ht;
  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey) % new_size;
    next_elem = elem->next;
    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
  }
  return 1;
}

/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key is
** also computed and returned in the *pH parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementWithHash(
  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
  unsigned int *pHash /* Write the hash value here */

){
  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
  unsigned int h;                /* The computed hash */

  if( pH->ht ){
    struct _ht *pEntry;
    h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    elem = pEntry->chain;
    count = pEntry->count;
  }else{
    h = 0;
    elem = pH->first;
    count = pH->count;
  }
  *pHash = h;
  while( count-- ){
    assert( elem!=0 );
    if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ 
      return elem;
    }
    elem = elem->next;
  }
  return 0;
}

................................................................................
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey){
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );






  elem = findElementWithHash(pH, pKey, &h);
  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}

/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created and NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, void *data){
  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );






  elem = findElementWithHash(pH,pKey,&h);
  if( elem ){
    void *old_data = elem->data;
    if( data==0 ){
      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
    }else{
      elem->data = data;
      elem->pKey = pKey;

    }
    return old_data;
  }
  if( data==0 ) return 0;
  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
  new_elem->pKey = pKey;

  new_elem->data = data;
  pH->count++;
  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
      h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize;
    }
  }



  insertElement(pH, pH->ht ? &pH->ht[h] : 0, new_elem);

  return 0;
}

**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
  const char *pKey; int nKey;  /* Key associated with this element */
};

/*
** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey);
void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);

/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
** like this:
**
**   Hash h;

**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
  const char *pKey;            /* Key associated with this element */
};

/*
** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData);
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey);
void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);

/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
** like this:
**
**   Hash h;

** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
**
** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
** pTab->pIndex list.



*/
int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
  int op,          /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
  int iBase,       /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
  u8 *aToOpen,     /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
................................................................................
  int iDb;
  int iDataCur;
  Index *pIdx;
  Vdbe *v;

  assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    assert( aToOpen==0 );
    *piDataCur = 0;
    *piIdxCur = 1;
    return 0;
  }
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab;
  iDataCur = iBase++;
................................................................................
     && ((pDestCol->zDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->zDflt==0) 
         || (pDestCol->zDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->zDflt, pSrcCol->zDflt)!=0))
    ){
      return 0;    /* Default values must be the same for all columns */
    }
  }
  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
    if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
    }
    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
    }
    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */

** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
**
** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
** pTab->pIndex list.
**
** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the
** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized.
*/
int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
  int op,          /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
  int iBase,       /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
  u8 *aToOpen,     /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
................................................................................
  int iDb;
  int iDataCur;
  Index *pIdx;
  Vdbe *v;

  assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    /* This routine is a no-op for virtual tables. Leave the output
    ** variables *piDataCur and *piIdxCur uninitialized so that valgrind
    ** can detect if they are used by mistake in the caller. */
    return 0;
  }
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab;
  iDataCur = iBase++;
................................................................................
     && ((pDestCol->zDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->zDflt==0) 
         || (pDestCol->zDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->zDflt, pSrcCol->zDflt)!=0))
    ){
      return 0;    /* Default values must be the same for all columns */
    }
  }
  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
    if( IsUniqueIndex(pDestIdx) ){
      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
    }
    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
    }
    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */

  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */

  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){
    int nCol;
    char **azVals = 0;

    pStmt = 0;
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
................................................................................
            if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
              db->mallocFailed = 1;
              goto exec_out;
            }
          }
        }
        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){



          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
          pStmt = 0;
          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0);
          goto exec_out;
        }
      }

      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
        pStmt = 0;
................................................................................
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
    if( *pzErrMsg ){
      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    }
  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
    *pzErrMsg = 0;
  }

  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */

  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){
    int nCol;
    char **azVals = 0;

    pStmt = 0;
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
................................................................................
            if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
              db->mallocFailed = 1;
              goto exec_out;
            }
          }
        }
        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
          /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38229-40159 If the callback function to
          ** sqlite3_exec() returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec() will
          ** return SQLITE_ABORT. */
          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
          pStmt = 0;
          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT);
          goto exec_out;
        }
      }

      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
        pStmt = 0;
................................................................................
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
    if( *pzErrMsg ){
      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
    }
  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
    *pzErrMsg = 0;
  }

  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

    }else{
      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
    zErrmsg = 0;
    if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){
      sqlite3Error(db, rc,
            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
      go = 0;
    }
    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
  }
}

    }else{
      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
    zErrmsg = 0;
    if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc,
            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
      go = 0;
    }
    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
  }
}

}

/*
** Close an existing SQLite database
*/
static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){
  if( !db ){


    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);

................................................................................
  */
  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);

  /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
  ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
  */
  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
       "statements or unfinished backups");
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
................................................................................
      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
#endif

  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);

  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;

  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
** specified in the argument.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){
  const char *zName = 0;
  int i, origRc = rc;
  for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){
    switch( rc ){
      case SQLITE_OK:                 zName = "SQLITE_OK";                break;
      case SQLITE_ERROR:              zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";             break;
................................................................................
      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC";       break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC";   break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE";    break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT";       break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK";      break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK";      break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE";      break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED";     break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM";       break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS";      break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK:
                                zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK";        break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE";       break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE";   break;
................................................................................
  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
  */
  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
  if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{
      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    }
  }
................................................................................

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
  }
  if( iDb<0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
#endif
}

................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    z = (void *)outOfMem;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
    if( z==0 ){
      sqlite3Error(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode));
      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
    }
    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
    */
................................................................................
  u8 enc,
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDel)(void*)
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int enc2;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
  */
................................................................................
  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
  */
  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db);

    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
    ** to be called.
    */ 
    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
          if( p->xDel ){
            p->xDel(p->pUser);
          }
................................................................................

  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
  if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
  pColl->pUser = pCtx;
  pColl->xDel = xDel;
  pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
................................................................................
  SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,
  SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
};

/*
** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
................................................................................
  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);

  /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
  db->openFlags = flags;
  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Open the backend database driver */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
                        flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
    goto opendb_out;
  }
  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);


  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
................................................................................
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
  ** is accessed.
  */
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);

  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
  */
  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
#endif

  if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);

  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);

  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);

................................................................................

  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
        zColumnName);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}
#endif

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
      typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*);
#endif
      break;
    }











  }
  va_end(ap);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
  return rc;
}

}

/*
** Close an existing SQLite database
*/
static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){
  if( !db ){
    /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63257-11740 Calling sqlite3_close() or
    ** sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer argument is a harmless no-op. */
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);

................................................................................
  */
  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);

  /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return
  ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately.
  */
  if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized "
       "statements or unfinished backups");
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){
................................................................................
      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
#endif

  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
  sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);

  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;

  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code
** specified in the argument.
*/
#if (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){
  const char *zName = 0;
  int i, origRc = rc;
  for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){
    switch( rc ){
      case SQLITE_OK:                 zName = "SQLITE_OK";                break;
      case SQLITE_ERROR:              zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";             break;
................................................................................
      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC";       break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC";   break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE:     zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE";    break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT";       break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK";      break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK";      break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE";      break;

      case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM";       break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS:       zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS";      break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK:
                                zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK:         zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK";        break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE:        zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE";       break;
      case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE:    zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE";   break;
................................................................................
  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
  */
  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
  if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{
      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    }
  }
................................................................................

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
    iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
  }
  if( iDb<0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  }
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
#endif
}

................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    z = (void *)outOfMem;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
    if( z==0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode));
      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
    }
    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
    */
................................................................................
  u8 enc,
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDel)(void*)
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int enc2;

  
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
  */
................................................................................
  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
  */
  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
    if( db->nVdbeActive ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db);

    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
    ** to be called.
    */ 
    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName);
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
          if( p->xDel ){
            p->xDel(p->pUser);
          }
................................................................................

  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
  if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
  pColl->pUser = pCtx;
  pColl->xDel = xDel;
  pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
................................................................................
  SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,      /* IMP: R-38091-32352 */
  SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
};

/*
** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
*/
#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
................................................................................
  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);

  /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
  db->openFlags = flags;
  rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Open the backend database driver */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
                        flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
    goto opendb_out;
  }
  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);


  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
................................................................................
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
  ** is accessed.
  */
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK);
  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);

  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
  */
  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
#endif

  if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);

  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);

  sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);

................................................................................

  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
        zColumnName);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}
#endif

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE
      typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback);
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*);
#endif
      break;
    }

    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT);
    **
    ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if
    ** not.
    */
    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: {
      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      break;
    }

  }
  va_end(ap);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
  return rc;
}

** embedded processor.
*/
void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
  void *p;
  assert( n>0 );

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);

  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
    mem0.nScratchFree--;
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{


    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
      n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
      if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
    }else{
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
      p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
    }
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
  }
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );


#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
................................................................................
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
  }
}









/*
** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
** connection.
*/
void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( p==0 ) return;
  if( db ){
    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
      *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p);
      return;
    }
    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
................................................................................
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
  *pz = z;
}










/*
** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
** sqlite3_realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
  */
  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    db->mallocFailed = 0;
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
}

** embedded processor.
*/
void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
  void *p;
  assert( n>0 );

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
  if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
    p = mem0.pScratchFree;
    mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
    mem0.nScratchFree--;
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);

    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
    p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat && p ){

      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, sqlite3MallocSize(p));
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);



    }
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
  }
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );


#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
................................................................................
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
  }else{
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
  }
}

/*
** Add the size of memory allocation "p" to the count in
** *db->pnBytesFreed.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void measureAllocationSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db,p);
}

/*
** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
** connection.
*/
void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( p==0 ) return;
  if( db ){
    if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
      measureAllocationSize(db, p);
      return;
    }
    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
      LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
      /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */
      memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz);
................................................................................
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
  *pz = z;
}

/*
** Take actions at the end of an API call to indicate an OOM error
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){
  db->mallocFailed = 0;
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM);
  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}

/*
** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
** sqlite3_realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
................................................................................
*/
int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
  */
  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( db==0 ) return rc & 0xff;
  if( db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){

    return apiOomError(db);

  }
  return rc & db->errMask;
}

}

/*
** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
    return 0;

}

/*
** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  if( id<=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}

sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
    return 0;

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6];
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
  switch( id ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
      if( pNew ){
        pNew->id = id;

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
  static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 - 1];
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
  switch( id ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
      if( pNew ){
        pNew->id = id;

** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM



** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
................................................................................
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {



    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
  };

** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
................................................................................
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
  };

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

#if SQLITE_OS_WIN





/*
** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
*/
#include "os_win.h"
#endif

/*
** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
** on a win32 system.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32

/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};






#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }

#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
#endif

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
**
** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
** the LockFileEx() API.
**
** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
** which is only available if your application was compiled with 
** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400.  Currently, the only
** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef 
** this out as well.
*/
#if 0
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT
# define mutexIsNT()  (1)
#else
  static int mutexIsNT(void){
    static int osType = 0;
    if( osType==0 ){
      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
      osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }
    return osType==2;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
*/
static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
}

static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
}

static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
}
#endif


/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = {



  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
};

static int winMutex_isInit = 0;


/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown()
** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not
** strictly necessary.

*/
static LONG winMutex_lock = 0;


void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */

static int winMutexInit(void){ 
  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
#else
      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
#endif
    }
    winMutex_isInit = 1;
  }else{
    /* Someone else is in the process of initing the static mutexes */

    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

static int winMutexEnd(void){ 
  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown 
  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
      }
      winMutex_isInit = 0;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
................................................................................
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM



** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
................................................................................
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
  sqlite3_mutex *p;

  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){  
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
        p->id = iType;



#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
#else
        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#endif
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );

      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      p->id = iType;



#endif
      break;
    }
  }
  return p;
}

................................................................................
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p );

  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );


  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
................................................................................
** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 



  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );


#endif

  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
  p->owner = tid; 
  p->nRef++;
  if( p->trace ){

    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
}

static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#ifndef NDEBUG

  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
#endif
  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;

  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
  /*
  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
  ** fail.  
  **
  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
  ** ticket #2685.
  */
#if 0






  if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){

    p->owner = tid;
    p->nRef++;

    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
    printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);

  }
#endif
  return rc;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#ifndef NDEBUG
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();



  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( p->owner==tid );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#endif

  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->trace ){

    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
  }
#endif
}

sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
    winMutexInit,
................................................................................
    winMutexHeld,
    winMutexNotheld
#else
    0,
    0
#endif
  };

  return &sMutex;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */

** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for Win32.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"

#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
#include "os_common.h"

/*
** Include the header file for the Windows VFS.
*/
#include "os_win.h"
#endif

/*
** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
** on a Win32 system.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32

/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of enterances */
  volatile DWORD owner;      /* Thread holding this mutex */
  volatile int trace;        /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};

/*
** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex
** on Win32.  It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization
** on the Win32 platform.
*/
#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, \
                                    0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }


































#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
*/
static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
}

static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
}

static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
  return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
}
#endif


/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = {
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
  SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
};

static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */

/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the


** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary.
*/
static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE winMutex_lock = 0;

int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */
void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */

static int winMutexInit(void){
  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0);
#else
      InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
#endif
    }
    winMutex_isInit = 1;
  }else{
    /* Another thread is (in the process of) initializing the static
    ** mutexes */
    while( !winMutex_isInit ){
      sqlite3_win32_sleep(1);
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

static int winMutexEnd(void){
  /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown
  ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */
  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){
    if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){
        DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex);
      }
      winMutex_isInit = 0;
    }
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
................................................................................
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
................................................................................
** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
  sqlite3_mutex *p;

  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
        p->id = iType;
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC
        p->trace = 1;
#endif
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
#else
        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#endif
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {

      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      p->id = iType;
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC
      p->trace = 1;
#endif
#endif
      break;
    }
  }
  return p;
}

................................................................................
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#endif
  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
  sqlite3_free(p);
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
................................................................................
** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
#else
  assert( p );
#endif
  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
  p->owner = tid;
  p->nRef++;
  if( p->trace ){
    OSTRACE(("ENTER-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
             tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
  }
#endif
}

static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
#endif
  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  assert( p );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
  /*
  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
  ** fail.
  **
  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
  ** ticket #2685.
  */
#if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) && _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400
  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
  assert( winMutex_isNt>=-1 && winMutex_isNt<=1 );
  if( winMutex_isNt<0 ){
    winMutex_isNt = sqlite3_win32_is_nt();
  }
  assert( winMutex_isNt==0 || winMutex_isNt==1 );
  if( winMutex_isNt && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    p->owner = tid;
    p->nRef++;
#endif
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->trace ){
    OSTRACE(("TRY-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), owner=%lu, nRef=%d, rc=%s\n",
             tid, p, p->trace, p->owner, p->nRef, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  }
#endif
  return rc;
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
#endif
  assert( p );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( p->owner==tid );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#endif
  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( p->trace ){
    OSTRACE(("LEAVE-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n",
             tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef));
  }
#endif
}

sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
  static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
    winMutexInit,
................................................................................
    winMutexHeld,
    winMutexNotheld
#else
    0,
    0
#endif
  };

  return &sMutex;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */

      removeFromBlockedList(db);
      addToBlockedList(db);
    }
  }

  leaveMutex();
  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED

      removeFromBlockedList(db);
      addToBlockedList(db);
    }
  }

  leaveMutex();
  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED

#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
#include <sys/mman.h>
#endif


#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# if OS_VXWORKS
#  include <semaphore.h>
#  include <limits.h>
# else
#  include <sys/file.h>
#  include <sys/param.h>
................................................................................

/*
** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
** log if they come from non-root processes.  So avoid calling fchown() if
** we are not running as root.
*/
static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){



  return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid);

}

/* Forward reference */
static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);
static int unixGetpagesize(void);

/*
................................................................................

  { "fcntl",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl,      0  },
#define osFcntl     ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)

  { "read",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read,       0  },
#define osRead      ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread,      0  },
#else
  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPread     ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
................................................................................
  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPread64   ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)

  { "write",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write,      0  },
#define osWrite     ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite,     0  },
#else
  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPwrite    ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
                    aSyscall[12].pCurrent)

................................................................................
        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    /* else fall through */
  case EPERM: 
    return SQLITE_PERM;
    
  /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And
  ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself 
  ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons
  ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK,
  ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */
#if 0
  case EDEADLK:
    return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
#endif
    
#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
#endif
#ifdef ENOTSUP
  case ENOTSUP: 
................................................................................
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened.
*/
static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){



  struct stat buf;
  return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
         (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);

}


/*
** Check a unixFile that is a database.  Verify the following:
**
** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file
................................................................................
  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
    reserved = 1;
  }
  
  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
  if( !reserved ){
    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
    struct stat statBuf;

    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
      int tErrno = errno;
      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      } else {
................................................................................
** access the file.
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  int fd;
  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
................................................................................
  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){
    if( errno==ENOENT ){




      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT;
    }else{
      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
    }
    return rc;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC

#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
# include <sys/mman.h>
#endif


#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || OS_VXWORKS
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# if OS_VXWORKS
#  include <semaphore.h>
#  include <limits.h>
# else
#  include <sys/file.h>
#  include <sys/param.h>
................................................................................

/*
** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security
** log if they come from non-root processes.  So avoid calling fchown() if
** we are not running as root.
*/
static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){
#if OS_VXWORKS
  return 0;
#else
  return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid);
#endif
}

/* Forward reference */
static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);
static int unixGetpagesize(void);

/*
................................................................................

  { "fcntl",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl,      0  },
#define osFcntl     ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)

  { "read",         (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read,       0  },
#define osRead      ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread,      0  },
#else
  { "pread",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPread     ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
................................................................................
  { "pread64",      (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPread64   ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)

  { "write",        (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write,      0  },
#define osWrite     ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)

#if defined(USE_PREAD) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite,     0  },
#else
  { "pwrite",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,          0  },
#endif
#define osPwrite    ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
                    aSyscall[12].pCurrent)

................................................................................
        (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    /* else fall through */
  case EPERM: 
    return SQLITE_PERM;
    










#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
#endif
#ifdef ENOTSUP
  case ENOTSUP: 
................................................................................
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened.
*/
static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){
#if OS_VXWORKS
  return pFile->pInode!=0 && pFile->pId!=pFile->pInode->fileId.pId;
#else
  struct stat buf;
  return pFile->pInode!=0 &&
      (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino);
#endif
}


/*
** Check a unixFile that is a database.  Verify the following:
**
** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file
................................................................................
  if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
    reserved = 1;
  }
  
  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
  if( !reserved ){
    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;


    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
      int tErrno = errno;
      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      } else {
................................................................................
** access the file.
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
  if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
................................................................................
  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){
    if( errno==ENOENT
#if OS_VXWORKS
        || errno==0x380003
#endif
    ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT;
    }else{
      rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
    }
    return rc;
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC

#endif

#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE
#  define NTDDI_WINBLUE                     0x06030000
#endif

/*
** Check if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions should be considered deprecated
** and avoid using them in that case.  It should be noted here that if the
** value of the SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX pre-processor macro is zero
** (whether via this block or via being manually specified), that implies
** the underlying operating system will always be based on the Windows NT
** Kernel.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
#  if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE
#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   0
#  else
#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   1
#  endif
#endif

/*
** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file).
*/
#ifndef MAX_PATH
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is
** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation).
*/
#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE
#  define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x)
#endif

/*
** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator.
*/
#ifndef winGetDirSep
#  define winGetDirSep()                '\\'
................................................................................
WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID);
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) */

/*
** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) 
#endif

#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK
# define FILE_FLAG_MASK          (0xFF3C0000)
#endif

#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  winShm *pShm;           /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
#endif
  const char *zPath;      /* Full pathname of this file */
  int szChunk;            /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  int nFetchOut;                /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */
  HANDLE hMap;                  /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */
................................................................................
** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
**
** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
      defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#endif

#ifndef SYSCALL
#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
#endif

/*
................................................................................
#else
  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)

















}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
** system call named zName.
................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
# define osIsNT()  (0)
#else
  static int osIsNT(void){
    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){









#if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8
      OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);
#else



      OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);


#endif
      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }




    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
  }
#endif


#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
  HANDLE hHeap;
................................................................................

void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
}
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */

/*
** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?). 
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
*/
static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nChar;
  LPWSTR zWideFilename;

................................................................................
  }
  return zFilename;
}

/*
** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the
** current codepage settings for file apis.
** 
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
** from sqlite3_malloc.
*/
static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nByte;
  LPWSTR zMbcsFilename;
  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
................................................................................
  }
  zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
  return zFilenameUtf8;
}

/*
** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
*/
char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
  char *zFilenameMbcs;
  LPWSTR zTmpWide;

  zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
................................................................................
/*
**
** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
** winLogError().
**
** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from 
** FormatMessage.
**
** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). 
** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
** failed and the associated file-system path, if any.
*/
#define winLogError(a,b,c,d)   winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__)
static int winLogErrorAtLine(
  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
  DWORD lastErrno,                /* Win32 last error */
................................................................................
  );

  return errcode;
}

/*
** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by 
** antivirus software.  Also the initial delay before the first retry.
** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
................................................................................
}

/*
** Log a I/O error retry episode.
*/
static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry){
  if( nRetry ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, 
      "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict",
      winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2
    );
  }
}

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
................................................................................
    sqlite3_free(zName);
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
                       "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
  }

  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
  
  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
  */
  osCharUpperW(zName);
  pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
                                        PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
                                        zName);  

  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
  ** must be zero-initialized */
  lastErrno = osGetLastError();
  if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
    bInit = FALSE;
  }

  sqlite3_free(zName);

  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
  if( pFile->hShared ){
    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
    if( !pFile->shared ){
      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
                  "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
      bLogged = TRUE;
................................................................................
      bLogged = TRUE;
    }
    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
    return SQLITE_IOERR;
  }
  
  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
  if( bInit ){
    memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
  }

  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
    }

    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
    osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
    osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);

    /* Done with the mutex */
    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
  }
}

/* 
** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE
*/
static BOOL winceLockFile(
  LPHANDLE phFile,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
................................................................................
** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
#endif

/*
** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first 
** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. 
** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
*/
static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  LONG upperBits;                 /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
  LONG lowerBits;                 /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
  DWORD dwRet;                    /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
................................................................................
  DWORD lastErrno;                /* Value returned by GetLastError() */

  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset));

  upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
  lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);

  /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword 
  ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
  ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, 
  ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine 
  ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call 
  ** GetLastError().
  */
  dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);

  if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
      && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
    int cnt = 0;
    while(
           osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
        && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff 
        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
    ){
       sqlite3_win32_sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
    }
    sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
  }
#endif
................................................................................
*/
static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
  winFile *p = (winFile*)id;
  return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
         ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0);
}

/* 
** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
** to get the granularity size.
*/
static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL

/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by 
** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
**
** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
** statements. e.g.
**
**   winShmEnterMutex()
**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
**   winShmLeaveMutex()
*/
static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
................................................................................
** point to a single instance of this object.  In other words, each
** log-summary is opened only once per process.
**
** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
**
**      nRef
**      pNext 
**
** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
** 
**      fid
**      zFilename
**
** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
** in this structure.
**
................................................................................
    rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
  }else{
    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
    DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
    if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
  }
  
  if( rc!= 0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    pFile->lastErrno =  osGetLastError();
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

................................................................................
  pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    sqlite3_free(p);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }
  pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
  sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
  sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); 

  /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
  ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
  */
  winShmEnterMutex();
  for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
    /* TBD need to come up with better match here.  Perhaps
................................................................................
                 SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
                 0);
    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
      goto shm_open_err;
    }

    /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
    ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. 
    */
    if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
                         "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
      }
................................................................................
  pDbFd->pShm = p;
  winShmLeaveMutex();

  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
  ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
  ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex 
  ** mutex.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  sqlite3_free(p);
  sqlite3_free(pNew);
  winShmLeaveMutex();
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying 
** storage if deleteFlag is true.
*/
static int winShmUnmap(
  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database holding shared memory */
  int deleteFlag             /* Delete after closing if true */
){
  winFile *pDbFd;       /* Database holding shared-memory */
................................................................................
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }

    /* Undo the local locks */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
    } 
  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */

    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
    */
................................................................................
    */
    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        break;
      }
    }
  
    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
    */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
................................................................................
  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
           sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

/*
** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.  
**
** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
** any load or store begun after the barrier.
*/
static void winShmBarrier(
  sqlite3_file *fd          /* Database holding the shared memory */
){
................................................................................
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
  /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */
  winShmEnterMutex();
  winShmLeaveMutex();
}

/*
** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the 
** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions 
** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion 
** bytes in size.
**
** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
**
** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If 
** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet 
** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
**
** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes 
** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped 
** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
static int winShmMap(
  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
................................................................................
      goto shmpage_out;
    }
    pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;

    while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
      HANDLE hMap = NULL;         /* file-mapping handle */
      void *pMap = 0;             /* Mapped memory region */
     
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
      );
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
      hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, 
          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
      );
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
      hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h, 
          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
      );
#endif
      OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
               hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
      if( hMap ){
................................................................................
  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if 
** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still 
** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
**
** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of 
** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the 
** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured 
** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
** code otherwise.
*/
static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
................................................................................
      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
    }
  }
  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
  }
  nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1);
 
  if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){
    winUnmapfile(pFd);
  }
  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
    void *pNew = 0;
    DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
    DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;
................................................................................
** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
**
** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
**
** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually 
** release the reference by calling winUnfetch().
*/
static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
#endif
  *pp = 0;
................................................................................

  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a 
** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second
** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation. 
**
** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called 
** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping 
** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
*/
static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */

  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding 
  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );

  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );

................................................................................
  size_t i, j;
  int nPre = sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
  int nMax, nBuf, nDir, nLen;
  char *zBuf;

  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
  ** function failing. 
  */
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );

  /* Allocate a temporary buffer to store the fully qualified file
  ** name for the temporary file.  If this fails, we cannot continue.
  */
  nMax = pVfs->mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2;
................................................................................
  if( !winMakeEndInDirSep(nDir+1, zBuf) ){
    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname4", 0);
  }

  /*
  ** Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
  ** name in the following format:
  **
  **   "<temporary_directory>/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0"
  **
  ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR.  The number 17 is used here in order to
  ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the
  ** two trailing NUL characters.  The final directory separator character
................................................................................
  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);

#ifndef NDEBUG
  int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  ));
#endif

  OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n",
           zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags));

  /* Check the following statements are true: 
  **
  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
  */
  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);

  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never 
  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );

  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  );

  assert( pFile!=0 );
  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile));
  pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;

................................................................................
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR,
        "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT");
  }
#endif

  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
  ** temporary file name to use 
  */
  if( !zUtf8Name ){
    assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal );
    rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
      return rc;
................................................................................

  if( isReadWrite ){
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
  }else{
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
  }

  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is 
  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" 
  ** as it is usually understood.
  */
  if( isExclusive ){
    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
  }else if( isCreate ){
................................................................................

  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
    winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
    if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, 
         ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) &
                     ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
         pOutFlags);
    }else{
      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
    }
  }
................................................................................
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }
  if( osIsNT() ){
    int cnt = 0;
    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
                             GetFileExInfoStandard, 
                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
    if( rc ){
      /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
      ** as if it does not exist.
      */
      if(    flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
          && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 
          && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
      }else{
        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
      }
    }else{
      winLogIoerr(cnt);
................................................................................
*/
static int winFullPathname(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
){
  
#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
  assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname );
  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
    /*
    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
................................................................................
/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
**
** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date 
** cannot be found.
*/
static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
  */
  FILETIME ft;
  static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
#endif
  /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
  static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = 
      (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 +
      (sqlite3_int64)294967296;

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  SYSTEMTIME time;
  osGetSystemTime(&time);
  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
................................................................................
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
#else
  osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
#endif

  *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
            ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + 
               (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
  };
#endif

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==76 );

  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
#else
  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
................................................................................

  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0);
#endif

  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
    sleepObj = NULL;
  }
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */

#endif

#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE
#  define NTDDI_WINBLUE                     0x06030000
#endif

/*
** Check to see if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are deprecated on the
** target system.  GetVersionEx was first deprecated in Win8.1.




*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
#  if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE
#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   0   /* GetVersionEx() is deprecated */
#  else
#    define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX   1   /* GetVersionEx() is current */
#  endif
#endif

/*
** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file).
*/
#ifndef MAX_PATH
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is
** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation).
*/
#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE
#  define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x)      (void)(x)
#endif

/*
** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator.
*/
#ifndef winGetDirSep
#  define winGetDirSep()                '\\'
................................................................................
WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID);
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) */

/*
** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1)
#endif

#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK
# define FILE_FLAG_MASK          (0xFF3C0000)
#endif

#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  winShm *pShm;           /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
#endif
  const char *zPath;      /* Full pathname of this file */
  int szChunk;            /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */
  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  int nFetchOut;                /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */
  HANDLE hMap;                  /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */
................................................................................
** 1:   Operating system is Win9x.
** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
**
** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#else

static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#endif

#ifndef SYSCALL
#  define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr
#endif

/*
................................................................................
#else
  { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
#endif

#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \
        LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent)

/*
** NOTE: On some sub-platforms, the InterlockedCompareExchange "function"
**       is really just a macro that uses a compiler intrinsic (e.g. x64).
**       So do not try to make this is into a redefinable interface.
*/
#if defined(InterlockedCompareExchange)
  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)0,                    0 },

#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange
#else
  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 },

#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \
        SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent)
#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
** system call named zName.
................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
# define osIsNT()  (1)
#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
# define osIsNT()  (0)
#else
# define osIsNT()  ((sqlite3_os_type==2) || sqlite3_win32_is_nt())
#endif

/*
** This function determines if the machine is running a version of Windows
** based on the NT kernel.
*/
int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void){
#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX
  if( osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 0, 0)==0 ){
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \
        defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8
    OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo;
    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
    osGetVersionExW(&sInfo);

    osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type,
        (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0);
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
    OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo;
    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
    osGetVersionExA(&sInfo);
    osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type,
        (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0);
#endif

  }
  return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2;
#elif SQLITE_TEST
  return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2;
#else
  return 1;

#endif
}

#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
  HANDLE hHeap;
................................................................................

void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
}
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */

/*
** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?).
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
*/
static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nChar;
  LPWSTR zWideFilename;

................................................................................
  }
  return zFilename;
}

/*
** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the
** current codepage settings for file apis.
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
** from sqlite3_malloc.
*/
static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nByte;
  LPWSTR zMbcsFilename;
  int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
................................................................................
  }
  zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
  sqlite3_free(zTmpWide);
  return zFilenameUtf8;
}

/*
** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the
** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
*/
char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
  char *zFilenameMbcs;
  LPWSTR zTmpWide;

  zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
................................................................................
/*
**
** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
** winLogError().
**
** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from
** FormatMessage.
**
** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
** failed and the associated file-system path, if any.
*/
#define winLogError(a,b,c,d)   winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__)
static int winLogErrorAtLine(
  int errcode,                    /* SQLite error code */
  DWORD lastErrno,                /* Win32 last error */
................................................................................
  );

  return errcode;
}

/*
** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile()
** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by
** antivirus software.  Also the initial delay before the first retry.
** The delay increases linearly with each retry.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY
# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY
................................................................................
}

/*
** Log a I/O error retry episode.
*/
static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry){
  if( nRetry ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR,
      "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict",
      winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2
    );
  }
}

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
................................................................................
    sqlite3_free(zName);
    return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
                       "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
  }

  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are
  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
  */
  osCharUpperW(zName);
  pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
                                        PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
                                        zName);

  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it
  ** must be zero-initialized */
  lastErrno = osGetLastError();
  if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
    bInit = FALSE;
  }

  sqlite3_free(zName);

  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
  if( pFile->hShared ){
    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared,
             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
    if( !pFile->shared ){
      pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError();
      winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno,
                  "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
      bLogged = TRUE;
................................................................................
      bLogged = TRUE;
    }
    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
    return SQLITE_IOERR;
  }

  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
  if( bInit ){
    memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
  }

  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
    }

    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
    osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
    osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared);

    /* Done with the mutex */
    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
    osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
  }
}

/*
** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE
*/
static BOOL winceLockFile(
  LPHANDLE phFile,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
................................................................................
** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
#endif

/*
** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first
** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0.
** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
*/
static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  LONG upperBits;                 /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
  LONG lowerBits;                 /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
  DWORD dwRet;                    /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
................................................................................
  DWORD lastErrno;                /* Value returned by GetLastError() */

  OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset));

  upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
  lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);

  /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword
  ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
  ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN,
  ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine
  ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call
  ** GetLastError().
  */
  dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);

  if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
      && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
    int cnt = 0;
    while(
           osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
        && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff
        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
    ){
       sqlite3_win32_sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
    }
    sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
  }
#endif
................................................................................
*/
static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
  winFile *p = (winFile*)id;
  return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN |
         ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0);
}

/*
** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
** to get the granularity size.
*/
static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL

/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by
** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
**
** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
** statements. e.g.
**
**   winShmEnterMutex()
**     assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
**   winShmLeaveMutex()
*/
static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
................................................................................
** point to a single instance of this object.  In other words, each
** log-summary is opened only once per process.
**
** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
**
**      nRef
**      pNext
**
** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
**
**      fid
**      zFilename
**
** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
** in this structure.
**
................................................................................
    rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
  }else{
    /* Initialize the locking parameters */
    DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
    if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
    rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0);
  }

  if( rc!= 0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    pFile->lastErrno =  osGetLastError();
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

................................................................................
  pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    sqlite3_free(p);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }
  pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
  sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
  sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename);

  /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
  ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
  */
  winShmEnterMutex();
  for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
    /* TBD need to come up with better match here.  Perhaps
................................................................................
                 SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE,
                 0);
    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
      goto shm_open_err;
    }

    /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
    ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
    */
    if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(),
                         "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
      }
................................................................................
  pDbFd->pShm = p;
  winShmLeaveMutex();

  /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
  ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
  ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
  ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
  ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
  ** mutex.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
  pShmNode->pFirst = p;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
  return SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
  sqlite3_free(p);
  sqlite3_free(pNew);
  winShmLeaveMutex();
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a connection to shared-memory.  Delete the underlying
** storage if deleteFlag is true.
*/
static int winShmUnmap(
  sqlite3_file *fd,          /* Database holding shared memory */
  int deleteFlag             /* Delete after closing if true */
){
  winFile *pDbFd;       /* Database holding shared-memory */
................................................................................
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }

    /* Undo the local locks */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p->exclMask &= ~mask;
      p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
    }
  }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
    u16 allShared = 0;  /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */

    /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
    ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
    ** SQLITE_BUSY.
    */
................................................................................
    */
    for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
      if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        break;
      }
    }

    /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level.  Then if successful
    ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
    */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
................................................................................
  OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
           sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
  return rc;
}

/*
** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
**
** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
** any load or store begun after the barrier.
*/
static void winShmBarrier(
  sqlite3_file *fd          /* Database holding the shared memory */
){
................................................................................
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
  /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */
  winShmEnterMutex();
  winShmLeaveMutex();
}

/*
** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
** bytes in size.
**
** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
**
** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
**
** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
static int winShmMap(
  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
................................................................................
      goto shmpage_out;
    }
    pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;

    while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
      HANDLE hMap = NULL;         /* file-mapping handle */
      void *pMap = 0;             /* Mapped memory region */

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
      hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h,
          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL
      );
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
      hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h,
          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
      );
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)
      hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h,
          NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
      );
#endif
      OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n",
               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
               hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
      if( hMap ){
................................................................................
  OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file
** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if
** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still
** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op.
**
** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of
** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the
** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the
** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured
** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not
** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error
** code otherwise.
*/
static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
................................................................................
      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
    }
  }
  if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){
    nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax;
  }
  nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1);

  if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){
    winUnmapfile(pFd);
  }
  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
    void *pNew = 0;
    DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
    DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;
................................................................................
** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes.
**
** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK.
** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK.
** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final
** value of *pp is undefined in this case.
**
** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually
** release the reference by calling winUnfetch().
*/
static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */
#endif
  *pp = 0;
................................................................................

  OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
           osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a
** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second
** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding
** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation.
**
** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called
** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping
** may now be invalid and should be unmapped.
*/
static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd;   /* The underlying database file */

  /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding
  ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference),
  ** then there must be at least one outstanding.  */
  assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) );

  /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */
  assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] );

................................................................................
  size_t i, j;
  int nPre = sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX);
  int nMax, nBuf, nDir, nLen;
  char *zBuf;

  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
  ** function failing.
  */
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );

  /* Allocate a temporary buffer to store the fully qualified file
  ** name for the temporary file.  If this fails, we cannot continue.
  */
  nMax = pVfs->mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2;
................................................................................
  if( !winMakeEndInDirSep(nDir+1, zBuf) ){
    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
    OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n"));
    return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname4", 0);
  }

  /*
  ** Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
  ** name in the following format:
  **
  **   "<temporary_directory>/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0"
  **
  ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR.  The number 17 is used here in order to
  ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the
  ** two trailing NUL characters.  The final directory separator character
................................................................................
  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);

#ifndef NDEBUG
  int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  ));
#endif

  OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n",
           zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags));

  /* Check the following statements are true:
  **
  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
  */
  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);

  /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
  ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );

  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  );

  assert( pFile!=0 );
  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile));
  pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;

................................................................................
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR,
        "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT");
  }
#endif

  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
  ** temporary file name to use
  */
  if( !zUtf8Name ){
    assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal );
    rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc)));
      return rc;
................................................................................

  if( isReadWrite ){
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
  }else{
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
  }

  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is
  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access"
  ** as it is usually understood.
  */
  if( isExclusive ){
    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
  }else if( isCreate ){
................................................................................

  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
    pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno;
    winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
    sqlite3_free(zConverted);
    sqlite3_free(zTmpname);
    if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id,
         ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) &
                     ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
         pOutFlags);
    }else{
      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
    }
  }
................................................................................
    return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
  }
  if( osIsNT() ){
    int cnt = 0;
    WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
    memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
    while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted,
                             GetFileExInfoStandard,
                             &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){}
    if( rc ){
      /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
      ** as if it does not exist.
      */
      if(    flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
          && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0
          && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
        attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
      }else{
        attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
      }
    }else{
      winLogIoerr(cnt);
................................................................................
*/
static int winFullPathname(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
){

#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
  assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname );
  if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){
    /*
    ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data
................................................................................
/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write into *piNow
** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000.  In
** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
**
** On success, return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date
** cannot be found.
*/
static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of
     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5).
  */
  FILETIME ft;
  static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
#endif
  /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
  static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue =
      (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 +
      (sqlite3_int64)294967296;

#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  SYSTEMTIME time;
  osGetSystemTime(&time);
  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
................................................................................
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
#else
  osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
#endif

  *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
            ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) +
               (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
    *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
  };
#endif

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==77 );

  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
#else
  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
................................................................................

  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);

#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0);
#endif

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

int sqlite3_os_end(void){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  if( sleepObj!=NULL ){
    osCloseHandle(sleepObj);
    sleepObj = NULL;
  }
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */

** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
** the full Win32 API.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
#endif











#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */

** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of
** the full Win32 API.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT)
# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0
#endif

/*
** For WinCE, some API function parameters do not appear to be declared as
** volatile.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE
#else
# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile
#endif

#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */

   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
  ){
    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 
** already in memory.
*/
static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  PgHdr *p = 0;                     /* Return value */

  /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
  ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
  */
  (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
  return p;
}

/*
** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
*/
static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
}
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
    PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
    if( p ){
      p->pageHash = 0;
      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
    }
  }
#endif

................................................................................
  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
  */
  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    pPg = 0;
  }else{
    pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  }
  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
  ));
................................................................................

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pager_reset(pPager);
      pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
      sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
    }
  }

  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
................................................................................
  **
  ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
  ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
  ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
  **
  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it 
  ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
  */
  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
................................................................................
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  }

  /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the 







  ** Pager structure and close the file.
  */
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);

    sqlite3_free(pPager);
    return rc;
  }

  /* Initialize the PCache object. */
  assert( nExtra<1000 );
  nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
  sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
                    !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);

  PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))

  pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
................................................................................
  }

  /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 
  ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
  if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = pPager->errCode;
  }else{

    if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
    }

    if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
      void *pData = 0;
................................................................................

      rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 
          (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
      );

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
        if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
          (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
        }
        if( pPg==0 ){
          rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
        }else{
          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
        }
        if( pPg ){
................................................................................
        }
      }
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto pager_acquire_err;
      }
    }



    rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);







  }

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
    ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
    ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
    pPg = 0;
................................................................................
** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
** has ever happened.
*/
DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
  assert( pPager!=0 );
  assert( pgno!=0 );
  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
  return pPg;
}

/*
** Release a page reference.
**
** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
................................................................................
  /* Update the database size and return.
  */
  if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
  }
  return rc;
}




























































































/*
** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
**
................................................................................
** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
**
** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;

  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
  assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );

  if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
    Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
    Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
    int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
    int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
    int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
    Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);

    /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
    ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
    ** this function.
    */
    assert( !MEMDB );
    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;

    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
    */
    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;

    nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;

    }else{
      nPage = nPagePerSector;
    }
    assert(nPage>0);
    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);

    for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
      Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
      PgHdr *pPage;
      if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
        if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            rc = pager_write(pPage);
            if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
              needSync = 1;
            }
            sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
          }
        }
      }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
        if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
          needSync = 1;
        }
        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
      }
    }

    /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
    ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
    ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
    ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
    ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
    */
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
      assert( !MEMDB );
      for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
        PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
        if( pPage ){
          pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
        }
      }
    }

    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
  }else{
    rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
** to change the content of the page.
*/
................................................................................

  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
  ** for the page moved there.
  */
  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
  if( pPgOld ){
    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    if( MEMDB ){
      /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
      ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);

   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
  ){
    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
  }
  return rc;
}
















/*
** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
*/
static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
  sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
}
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }

#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
  if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
    PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
    if( p ){
      p->pageHash = 0;
      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
    }
  }
#endif

................................................................................
  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
  */
  if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    pPg = 0;
  }else{
    pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
  }
  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
  assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
           PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
           (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
  ));
................................................................................

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      pager_reset(pPager);
      pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
      rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
    }
  }

  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
................................................................................
  **
  ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
  ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
  ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
  **
  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it 
  ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
  */
  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
  testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
................................................................................
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  }

  /* Initialize the PCache object. */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( nExtra<1000 );
    nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
    rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
                           !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
  }

  /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
  */
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){

    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
    sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
    sqlite3_free(pPager);
    return rc;
  }







  PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))

  pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
................................................................................
  }

  /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 
  ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
  if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = pPager->errCode;
  }else{

    if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
    }

    if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
      void *pData = 0;
................................................................................

      rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 
          (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
      );

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
        if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
          pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
        }
        if( pPg==0 ){
          rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
        }else{
          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
        }
        if( pPg ){
................................................................................
        }
      }
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto pager_acquire_err;
      }
    }

    {
      sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
      pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
      if( pBase==0 ){
        rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
      }
      pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
      if( pPg==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
    ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
    ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
    pPg = 0;
................................................................................
** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
** has ever happened.
*/
DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
  assert( pPager!=0 );
  assert( pgno!=0 );
  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
  pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
  return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);

}

/*
** Release a page reference.
**
** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
................................................................................
  /* Update the database size and return.
  */
  if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
** a write.
**
** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the exceptional
** case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Return code */
  Pgno nPageCount;               /* Total number of pages in database file */
  Pgno pg1;                      /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
  int nPage = 0;                 /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
  int ii;                        /* Loop counter */
  int needSync = 0;              /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;   /* The pager that owns pPg */
  Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);

  /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
  ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
  ** this function.
  */
  assert( !MEMDB );
  assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
  pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;

  /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
  ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
  ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
  */
  pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;

  nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
  if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
    nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
  }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
    nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
  }else{
    nPage = nPagePerSector;
  }
  assert(nPage>0);
  assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
  assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);

  for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
    Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
    PgHdr *pPage;
    if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
      if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = pager_write(pPage);
          if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
            needSync = 1;
          }
          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
        }
      }
    }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
      if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
        needSync = 1;
      }
      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
    }
  }

  /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
  ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
  ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
  ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
  ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
    assert( !MEMDB );
    for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
      PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
      if( pPage ){
        pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
      }
    }
  }

  assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
  pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
**
................................................................................
** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
**
** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){





  assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
  assert( pPg->pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  assert( pPg->pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  assert( assert_pager_state(pPg->pPager) );

  if( pPg->pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPg->pPager->pageSize ){


























    return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
  }else{













    return pager_write(pPg);


  }


































}

/*
** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
** to change the content of the page.
*/
................................................................................

  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
  ** for the page moved there.
  */
  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
  if( pPgOld ){
    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    if( MEMDB ){
      /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
      ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);

  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
  }
  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
}
#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */






/*
** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.




*/
static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;


  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
  assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );

  /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
  if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
    PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
    while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
      pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
    }
    p->pSynced = pSynced;
  }

  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
  }else{
    assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
    p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
  }
  if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
    pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
  }else{
    assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
    p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
    if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
      assert( p->eCreate==1 );
      p->eCreate = 2;
    }
  }
  pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
  pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;

  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
}

/*
** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
** pPage).
*/
static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;


  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );

  pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
  }else if( p->bPurgeable ){
    assert( p->eCreate==2 );
    p->eCreate = 1;
  }
  p->pDirty = pPage;
  if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
    p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
  }
  if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
    p->pSynced = pPage;
  }
  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );

}

/*
** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
    if( p->pgno==1 ){
      pCache->pPage1 = 0;
    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);











  }
}

/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
**
** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
** functions are threadsafe.
................................................................................

/*
** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
*/
void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
){
  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
  p->szPage = szPage;
  p->szExtra = szExtra;
  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
  p->eCreate = 2;
  p->xStress = xStress;
  p->pStress = pStress;
  p->szCache = 100;

}

/*
** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
  assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );







  if( pCache->pCache ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);

    pCache->pCache = 0;
    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
  }
  pCache->szPage = szPage;
}

/*
** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.
*/
static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
    return p->szCache;
  }else{
    return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
  }
}

/*
** Try to obtain a page from the cache.





















*/
int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
  int createFlag,       /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
  PgHdr **ppPage        /* Write the page here */
){
  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
  PgHdr *pPgHdr = 0;
  int eCreate;

  assert( pCache!=0 );

  assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 );
  assert( pgno>0 );

  /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated,
  ** allocate it now.
  */
  if( !pCache->pCache ){
    sqlite3_pcache *p;
    if( !createFlag ){
      *ppPage = 0;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate(
        pCache->szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable
    );
    if( !p ){
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(p, numberOfCachePages(pCache));
    pCache->pCache = p;
  }

  /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist.
  **    0     Do not allocate a new page.  (createFlag==0)
  **    1     Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive.
  **          (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty)
  **    2     Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult.
  **          (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty)
  */
  eCreate = createFlag==0 ? 0 : pCache->eCreate;


  assert( (createFlag*(1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty)))==eCreate );
  pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
















  if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){

    PgHdr *pPg;



    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
    ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
    ** unreferenced dirty page.
    */
    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
        pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
    );
    pCache->pSynced = pPg;
    if( !pPg ){
      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
    }
    if( pPg ){
      int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
                  "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
                  pPg->pgno, pgno,
                  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
                  numberOfCachePages(pCache));
#endif
      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        return rc;
      }
    }

    pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);

  }
















  if( pPage ){
    pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra;

    if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){
      memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
      pPgHdr->pPage = pPage;
      pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf;
      pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1];
      memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
      pPgHdr->pCache = pCache;
      pPgHdr->pgno = pgno;

    }
    assert( pPgHdr->pCache==pCache );
    assert( pPgHdr->pgno==pgno );
    assert( pPgHdr->pData==pPage->pBuf );
    assert( pPgHdr->pExtra==(void *)&pPgHdr[1] );




















    if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){
      pCache->nRef++;
    }
    pPgHdr->nRef++;
    if( pgno==1 ){
      pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr;
    }
  }
  *ppPage = pPgHdr;
  return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ){
    PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
    pCache->nRef--;
    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }else{
      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
      pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
      pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
*/
................................................................................

/*
** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
** page pointed to by p is invalid.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
  PCache *pCache;
  assert( p->nRef==1 );
  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);

  }
  pCache = p->pCache;
  pCache->nRef--;
  if( p->pgno==1 ){
    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
  }
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
    pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
  }
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    if( p->nRef==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( newPgno>0 );
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
  p->pgno = newPgno;
  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
    pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
  }
}

/*
** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Close a cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
  }
}

/* 
** Discard the contents of the cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
................................................................................
  return p->nRef;
}

/* 
** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
*/
int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
  int nPage = 0;
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
  }
  return nPage;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Get the suggested cache-size value.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
................................................................................
}
#endif

/*
** Set the suggested cache-size value.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){

  pCache->szCache = mxPage;
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
                                           numberOfCachePages(pCache));
  }
}

/*
** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
  if( pCache->pCache ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);
  }
}

#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
** defined.

  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
  }
  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
}
#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */

/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE   1    /* Remove pPage from dirty list */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD      2    /* Add pPage to the dirty list */
#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT    3    /* Move pPage to the front of the list */

/*

** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list.  Bits of the addRemove
** argument determines what operation to do.  The 0x01 bit means first
** remove pPage from the dirty list.  The 0x02 means add pPage back to
** the dirty list.  Doing both moves pPage to the front of the dirty list.
*/
static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){
  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;

  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
    assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
  
    /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
    if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
      PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
      while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
        pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
      }
      p->pSynced = pSynced;
    }
  
    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
    }else{
      assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
      p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
    }
    if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
      pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
    }else{
      assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
      p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
      if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){
        assert( p->eCreate==1 );
        p->eCreate = 2;
      }
    }
    pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
    pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;

    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
  }








  if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){
    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
  
    pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
    if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
      assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
      pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
    }else if( p->bPurgeable ){
      assert( p->eCreate==2 );
      p->eCreate = 1;
    }
    p->pDirty = pPage;
    if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
      p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
    }
    if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
      p->pSynced = pPage;
    }
    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
  }
}

/*
** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){

  if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
    if( p->pgno==1 ){
      p->pCache->pPage1 = 0;
    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.
*/
static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
    return p->szCache;
  }else{
    return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
  }
}

/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
**
** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
** functions are threadsafe.
................................................................................

/*
** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
*/
int sqlite3PcacheOpen(
  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
){
  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
  p->szPage = 1;
  p->szExtra = szExtra;
  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
  p->eCreate = 2;
  p->xStress = xStress;
  p->pStress = pStress;
  p->szCache = 100;
  return sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(p, szPage);
}

/*
** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
  assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
  if( pCache->szPage ){
    sqlite3_pcache *pNew;
    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate(
                szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable
    );
    if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pNew, numberOfCachePages(pCache));
    if( pCache->pCache ){
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
    }
    pCache->pCache = pNew;
    pCache->pPage1 = 0;

    pCache->szPage = szPage;
  }






  return SQLITE_OK;


}


/*
** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
**
** This routine returns a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_page object if
** such an object is already in cache, or if a new one is created.
** This routine returns a NULL pointer if the object was not in cache
** and could not be created.
**
** The createFlags should be 0 to check for existing pages and should
** be 3 (not 1, but 3) to try to create a new page.
**
** If the createFlag is 0, then NULL is always returned if the page
** is not already in the cache.  If createFlag is 1, then a new page
** is created only if that can be done without spilling dirty pages
** and without exceeding the cache size limit.
**
** The caller needs to invoke sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() to properly
** initialize the sqlite3_pcache_page object and convert it into a
** PgHdr object.  The sqlite3PcacheFetch() and sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish()
** routines are split this way for performance reasons. When separated
** they can both (usually) operate without having to push values to
** the stack on entry and pop them back off on exit, which saves a
** lot of pushing and popping.
*/
sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(
  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
  int createFlag        /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */

){


  int eCreate;

  assert( pCache!=0 );
  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
  assert( createFlag==3 || createFlag==0 );
  assert( pgno>0 );




















  /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist.
  **    0     Do not allocate a new page.  (createFlag==0)
  **    1     Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive.
  **          (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty)
  **    2     Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult.
  **          (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty)
  */
  eCreate = createFlag & pCache->eCreate;
  assert( eCreate==0 || eCreate==1 || eCreate==2 );
  assert( createFlag==0 || pCache->eCreate==eCreate );
  assert( createFlag==0 || eCreate==1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty) );
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
}

/*
** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new
** page because new clean pages are available for reuse and the cache
** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to 
** try harder to allocate a page.  This routine might invoke the stress
** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal.  It will then try to
** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on
** an OOM error.
**
** This routine should be invoked only after sqlite3PcacheFetch() fails.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(
  PCache *pCache,                 /* Obtain the page from this cache */
  Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number to obtain */
  sqlite3_pcache_page **ppPage    /* Write result here */
){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0;


  /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
  ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
  ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
  ** unreferenced dirty page.
  */
  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
  for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
      pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
      pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
  );
  pCache->pSynced = pPg;
  if( !pPg ){
    for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
  }
  if( pPg ){
    int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
                "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
                pPg->pgno, pgno,
                sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
                numberOfCachePages(pCache));
#endif
    rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
      return rc;
    }
  }

  *ppPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
  return *ppPage==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This is a helper routine for sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish()
**
** In the uncommon case where the page being fetched has not been
** initialized, this routine is invoked to do the initialization.
** This routine is broken out into a separate function since it
** requires extra stack manipulation that can be avoided in the common
** case.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr *pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(
  PCache *pCache,             /* Obtain the page from this cache */
  Pgno pgno,                  /* Page number obtained */
  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage  /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */
){
  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
  assert( pPage!=0 );
  pPgHdr = (PgHdr*)pPage->pExtra;

  assert( pPgHdr->pPage==0 );
 memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
  pPgHdr->pPage = pPage;
  pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf;
  pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1];
  memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
  pPgHdr->pCache = pCache;
  pPgHdr->pgno = pgno;
  return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pCache,pgno,pPage);
}





/*
** This routine converts the sqlite3_pcache_page object returned by
** sqlite3PcacheFetch() into an initialized PgHdr object.  This routine
** must be called after sqlite3PcacheFetch() in order to get a usable
** result.
*/
PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(
  PCache *pCache,             /* Obtain the page from this cache */
  Pgno pgno,                  /* Page number obtained */
  sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage  /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */
){
  PgHdr *pPgHdr;

  if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
  pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra;

  if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){
    return pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(pCache, pgno, pPage);
  }
  if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){
    pCache->nRef++;
  }
  pPgHdr->nRef++;
  if( pgno==1 ){
    pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr;
  }

  return pPgHdr;

}

/*
** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
*/
void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  p->nRef--;
  if( p->nRef==0 ){

    p->pCache->nRef--;
    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }else{
      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
      pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);

    }
  }
}

/*
** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
*/
................................................................................

/*
** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
** page pointed to by p is invalid.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){

  assert( p->nRef==1 );
  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){

    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
  }

  p->pCache->nRef--;
  if( p->pgno==1 ){
    p->pCache->pPage1 = 0;
  }
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1);
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD);
  }
}

/*
** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE);
    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    if( p->nRef==0 ){
      pcacheUnpin(p);
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
  assert( p->nRef>0 );
  assert( newPgno>0 );
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno);
  p->pgno = newPgno;
  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
    pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT);

  }
}

/*
** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Close a cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);

}

/* 
** Discard the contents of the cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
................................................................................
  return p->nRef;
}

/* 
** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
*/
int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){

  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);


}

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Get the suggested cache-size value.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
................................................................................
}
#endif

/*
** Set the suggested cache-size value.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
  pCache->szCache = mxPage;

  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
                                         numberOfCachePages(pCache));

}

/*
** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);

}

#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
** defined.

*/
void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);

/* Create a new pager cache.
** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
);

/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);

/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
** storage space.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);

/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
** Reference counted. 
*/
int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);


void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);

void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */

*/
void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);

/* Create a new pager cache.
** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheOpen(
  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
);

/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);

/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
** storage space.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);

/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
** Reference counted. 
*/
sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag);
int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**);
PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage);
void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);

void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */

/*
** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
** as the first argument.
**
** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
  PgHdr1 **apNew;
  unsigned int nNew;
  unsigned int i;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );

  nNew = p->nHash*2;
................................................................................
        apNew[h] = pPage;
      }
    }
    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
    p->apHash = apNew;
    p->nHash = nNew;
  }

  return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}

/*
** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
................................................................................
*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
}




/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
**
** Allocate a new cache.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
................................................................................
    }else{
      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
    }
    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
    pCache->szPage = szPage;
    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);


    if( bPurgeable ){
      pCache->nMin = 10;
      pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;

      pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);



    }
  }
  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
................................................................................
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  n = pCache->nPage;
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  return n;
}


























































































/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
**
** Fetch a page by key value.
**
** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
................................................................................
**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
  unsigned int iKey, 
  int createFlag
){
  unsigned int nPinned;
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
  PGroup *pGroup;
  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;

  assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );

  pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup);

  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
  if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
  }

  /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
  if( pPage ){
    if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    goto fetch_out;
  }
  if( createFlag==0 ){
    goto fetch_out;


  }

  /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the
  ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above.  But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined,
  ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the
  ** local variable here.  Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an
  ** optimization:  The common case is to exit the module before reaching
  ** this point.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
  pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
#endif

  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
  if( createFlag==1 && (
        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
     || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    goto fetch_out;
  }

  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
    goto fetch_out;
  }
  assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );

  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
         (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
      || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
      || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    PCache1 *pOther;
    pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
    assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    pOther = pPage->pCache;

    /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther
    ** and pCache.  Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */
    assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pCache->szExtra<512 );
    assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pOther->szExtra<512 );

    if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){
      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      pPage = 0;
    }else{
      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
    }
  }

  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
  */
  if( !pPage ){
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  }

  if( pPage ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    pCache->nPage++;
    pPage->iKey = iKey;
    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
    pPage->pCache = pCache;
    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
    pPage->isPinned = 1;
    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
  }

fetch_out:
  if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
    pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
  }
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
  return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pPage;
}


/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
**

/*
** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
** as the first argument.
**
** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
  PgHdr1 **apNew;
  unsigned int nNew;
  unsigned int i;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );

  nNew = p->nHash*2;
................................................................................
        apNew[h] = pPage;
      }
    }
    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
    p->apHash = apNew;
    p->nHash = nNew;
  }


}

/*
** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
................................................................................
*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
}

/* forward declaration */
static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p);

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
**
** Allocate a new cache.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){
  PCache1 *pCache;      /* The newly created page cache */
................................................................................
    }else{
      pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
    }
    pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
    pCache->szPage = szPage;
    pCache->szExtra = szExtra;
    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
    pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
    if( bPurgeable ){
      pCache->nMin = 10;

      pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
      pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
    }
    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
    if( pCache->nHash==0 ){
      pcache1Destroy((sqlite3_pcache*)pCache);
      pCache = 0;
    }
  }
  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
................................................................................
  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  n = pCache->nPage;
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  return n;
}


/*
** Implement steps 3, 4, and 5 of the pcache1Fetch() algorithm described
** in the header of the pcache1Fetch() procedure.
**
** This steps are broken out into a separate procedure because they are
** usually not needed, and by avoiding the stack initialization required
** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2(
  PCache1 *pCache, 
  unsigned int iKey, 
  int createFlag
){
  unsigned int nPinned;
  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;

  /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
  assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable );
  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
  assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
  assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
  if( createFlag==1 && (
        nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
     || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct
     || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    return 0;
  }

  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash ) pcache1ResizeHash(pCache);
  assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash );

  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
         (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
      || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
      || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
  )){
    PCache1 *pOther;
    pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
    assert( pPage->isPinned==0 );
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    pOther = pPage->pCache;

    /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther
    ** and pCache.  Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */
    assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pCache->szExtra<512 );
    assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 );
    assert( pOther->szExtra<512 );

    if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){
      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      pPage = 0;
    }else{
      pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
    }
  }

  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
  */
  if( !pPage ){
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  }

  if( pPage ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    pCache->nPage++;
    pPage->iKey = iKey;
    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
    pPage->pCache = pCache;
    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
    pPage->isPinned = 1;
    *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0;
    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
    if( iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
      pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
    }
  }
  return pPage;
}

/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
**
** Fetch a page by key value.
**
** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
................................................................................
**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch(
  sqlite3_pcache *p, 
  unsigned int iKey, 
  int createFlag
){

  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;

  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;

  assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
  assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
  assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
  assert( pCache->nHash>0 );
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);

  /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */

  pPage = pCache->apHash[iKey % pCache->nHash];
  while( pPage && pPage->iKey!=iKey ){ pPage = pPage->pNext; }


  /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
  if( pPage ){
    if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage);


  }else if( createFlag ){

    /* Steps 3, 4, and 5 implemented by this subroutine */
    pPage = pcache1FetchStage2(pCache, iKey, createFlag);
  }


















































































  assert( pPage==0 || pCache->iMaxKey>=iKey );

  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pPage;
}


/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
**

** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
**
** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
*/
static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, int dflt){
                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
  int i, n;
  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
................................................................................
  }
  return dflt;
}

/*
** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
*/
u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, int dflt){
  return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
}

/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
*/
................................................................................
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
      }
    }
  }
  break;

  case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: {
................................................................................

    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
    ** error message
    */
    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
      { OP_AddImm,      1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
      { OP_IfNeg,       1, 0,        0},    /* 1 */
      { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 2 */
      { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},
    };

    int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q');

    /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA <db>.integrity_check",
    ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by <db>.
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7);
        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */
        }
        pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, 8+j);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1);




















        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
          int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4;

          if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
          r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3,
                                       pPrior, r1);
          pPrior = pIdx;
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1);  /* increment entry count */

          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, 0, r1,
                                      pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, "row ", P4_STATIC);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, " missing from index ",
                            P4_STATIC);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);

          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1);
          jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4);
















          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);









          sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3);
        }
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, 
                     "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
................................................................................
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1);
        }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
      } 
    }
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC);
  }
  break;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  /*
  **   PRAGMA encoding

** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
**
** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
*/
static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, u8 dflt){
                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
  int i, n;
  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
................................................................................
  }
  return dflt;
}

/*
** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
*/
u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, u8 dflt){
  return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0;
}

/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
*/
................................................................................
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, IsUniqueIndex(pIdx), 3);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
      }
    }
  }
  break;

  case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: {
................................................................................

    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
    ** error message
    */
    static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {

      { OP_IfNeg,       1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
      { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 1 */
      { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},
    };

    int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q');

    /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA <db>.integrity_check",
    ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by <db>.
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7);
        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */
        }
        pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, 8+j);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1);
        /* Verify that all NOT NULL columns really are NOT NULL */
        for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
          char *zErr;
          int jmp2, jmp3;
          if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue;
          if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) continue;
          sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, j, 3);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG);
          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, 3); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
          zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "NULL value in %s.%s", pTab->zName,
                              pTab->aCol[j].zName);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1);
          jmp3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp3);
        }
        /* Validate index entries for the current row */
        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
          int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4, jmp5;
          int ckUniq = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
          if( pPk==pIdx ) continue;
          r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3,
                                       pPrior, r1);
          pPrior = pIdx;
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1);  /* increment entry count */
          /* Verify that an index entry exists for the current table row */
          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, ckUniq, r1,
                                      pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, "row ", P4_STATIC);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, 
                            " missing from index ", P4_STATIC);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
          jmp5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
                                   pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1);
          jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
          /* For UNIQUE indexes, verify that only one entry exists with the
          ** current key.  The entry is unique if (1) any column is NULL
          ** or (2) the next entry has a different key */
          if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){
            int uniqOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
            int jmp6;
            int kk;
            for(kk=0; kk<pIdx->nKeyCol; kk++){
              int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[kk];
              assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol );
              if( pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ) continue;
              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1+kk, uniqOk);
              VdbeCoverage(v);
            }
            jmp6 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur+j); VdbeCoverage(v);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, uniqOk);
            sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp6);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxGT, iIdxCur+j, uniqOk, r1,
                                 pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
                              "non-unique entry in index ", P4_STATIC);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, jmp5);
            sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, uniqOk);
          }
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4);
          sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3);
        }
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v);
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, 
                     "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
................................................................................
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1);
        }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
      } 
    }
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, -mxErr);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "ok", P4_STATIC);
  }
  break;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  /*
  **   PRAGMA encoding

  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( pBt ){
      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
      if( rc ){
        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
        sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
        goto end_prepare;
      }
    }
  }

  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
................................................................................
  pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;  /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */
  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
    char *zSqlCopy;
    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
      goto end_prepare;
    }
    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
    if( zSqlCopy ){
      sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
    assert(!(*ppStmt));
  }else{
    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
  }

  if( zErrMsg ){
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }

  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
  while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
    TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
    pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);

  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( pBt ){
      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
      if( rc ){
        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
        sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
        goto end_prepare;
      }
    }
  }

  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
................................................................................
  pParse->nQueryLoop = 0;  /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */
  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
    char *zSqlCopy;
    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
      goto end_prepare;
    }
    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
    if( zSqlCopy ){
      sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
    assert(!(*ppStmt));
  }else{
    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
  }

  if( zErrMsg ){
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  }

  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
  while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
    TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
    pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);

** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
**
** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case
** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the
** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics.
*/
static void enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
  if( N>0 ){
    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
    p->nChar += N;
  }
}

................................................................................
void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  assert( z!=0 );
  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
  assert( N>=0 );
  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
    return;
  }
  assert( p->zText );
  memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
  p->nChar += N;


}

/*
** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string.
*/
void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){
  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z));

** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[].
** So enlarge if first, then do the append.
**
** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case
** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the
** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics.
*/
static void SQLITE_NOINLINE enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N);
  if( N>0 ){
    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
    p->nChar += N;
  }
}

................................................................................
void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  assert( z!=0 );
  assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError );
  assert( N>=0 );
  assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 );
  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
    enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N);
  }else{

    assert( p->zText );

    p->nChar += N;
    memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar-N], z, N);
  }
}

/*
** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string.
*/
void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){
  sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z));

            if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
              iCol = -1;
            }
            break;
          }
        }
        if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && HasRowid(pTab) ){
          /* IMP: R-24309-18625 */
          /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
          iCol = -1;
        }
        if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
          cnt++;
          if( iCol<0 ){
            pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
................................................................................
                                      "constant between 0.0 and 1.0");
              pNC->nErr++;
            }
          }else{
            /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is equivalent to
            ** likelihood(X, 0.0625).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is short-hand for
            ** likelihood(X,0.0625). */




            /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625.  likely() is 0.9375 */
            pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 62 : 938;
          }             
        }
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
      if( pDef ){

            if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
              iCol = -1;
            }
            break;
          }
        }
        if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && HasRowid(pTab) ){
          /* IMP: R-51414-32910 */
          /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
          iCol = -1;
        }
        if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
          cnt++;
          if( iCol<0 ){
            pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
................................................................................
                                      "constant between 0.0 and 1.0");
              pNC->nErr++;
            }
          }else{
            /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is equivalent to
            ** likelihood(X, 0.0625).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is short-hand for
            ** likelihood(X,0.0625).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-36850-34127 The likely(X) function is short-hand for
            ** likelihood(X,0.9375).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent to
            ** likelihood(X,0.9375). */
            /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625.  likely() is 0.9375 */
            pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 62 : 938;
          }             
        }
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
      if( pDef ){

static void codeOffset(
  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
  int iOffset,      /* Register holding the offset counter */
  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
){
  if( iOffset>0 ){
    int addr;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iOffset, -1);
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
    VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
          }else{
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regResult+i, iContinue, regPrev+i);
            VdbeCoverage(v);
           }
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
        }
        assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1);
        break;
      }

      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
        break;
................................................................................
    ** of the scan loop.
    */
    case SRT_Mem: {
      assert( nResultCol==1 );
      if( pSort ){
        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult);
      }else{
        sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1);
        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
      }
      break;
    }
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

    case SRT_Coroutine:       /* Send data to a co-routine */

static void codeOffset(
  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
  int iOffset,      /* Register holding the offset counter */
  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
){
  if( iOffset>0 ){
    int addr;
    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNeg, iOffset, 0, -1); VdbeCoverage(v);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
    VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
          }else{
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regResult+i, iContinue, regPrev+i);
            VdbeCoverage(v);
           }
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
        }
        assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1);
        break;
      }

      case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: {
        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct);
        break;
................................................................................
    ** of the scan loop.
    */
    case SRT_Mem: {
      assert( nResultCol==1 );
      if( pSort ){
        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult);
      }else{
        assert( regResult==iParm );
        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
      }
      break;
    }
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

    case SRT_Coroutine:       /* Send data to a co-routine */

    fflush(stdout);
    zResult = local_getline(zPrior, stdin);
#endif
  }
  return zResult;
}

struct previous_mode_data {
  int valid;        /* Is there legit data in here? */
  int mode;
  int showHeader;
  int colWidth[100];





};

/*
** An pointer to an instance of this structure is passed from
** the main program to the callback.  This is used to communicate
** state and mode information.
*/

struct callback_data {
  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database */
  int echoOn;            /* True to echo input commands */
  int autoEQP;           /* Run EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN prior to seach SQL stmt */
  int statsOn;           /* True to display memory stats before each finalize */
  int outCount;          /* Revert to stdout when reaching zero */
  int cnt;               /* Number of records displayed so far */
  FILE *out;             /* Write results here */
  FILE *traceOut;        /* Output for sqlite3_trace() */
  int nErr;              /* Number of errors seen */
  int mode;              /* An output mode setting */
  int writableSchema;    /* True if PRAGMA writable_schema=ON */
  int showHeader;        /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */

  char *zDestTable;      /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */
  char colSeparator[20]; /* Column separator character for several modes */
  char rowSeparator[20]; /* Row separator character for MODE_Ascii */
  char newline[20];      /* Record separator in MODE_Csv */
  int colWidth[100];     /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/
  int actualWidth[100];  /* Actual width of each column */
  char nullvalue[20];    /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from
                         ** the database */
  struct previous_mode_data explainPrev;
                         /* Holds the mode information just before
                         ** .explain ON */
  char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */
  const char *zDbFilename;    /* name of the database file */
  char *zFreeOnClose;         /* Filename to free when closing */
  const char *zVfs;           /* Name of VFS to use */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;   /* Current statement if any. */
  FILE *pLog;            /* Write log output here */
  int *aiIndent;         /* Array of indents used in MODE_Explain */
  int nIndent;           /* Size of array aiIndent[] */
  int iIndent;           /* Index of current op in aiIndent[] */
};








/*
** These are the allowed modes.
*/
#define MODE_Line     0  /* One column per line.  Blank line between records */
#define MODE_Column   1  /* One record per line in neat columns */
#define MODE_List     2  /* One record per line with a separator */
#define MODE_Semi     3  /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */
................................................................................
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}

/*
** A callback for the sqlite3_log() interface.
*/
static void shellLog(void *pArg, int iErrCode, const char *zMsg){
  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg;
  if( p->pLog==0 ) return;
  fprintf(p->pLog, "(%d) %s\n", iErrCode, zMsg);
  fflush(p->pLog);
}

/*
** Output the given string as a hex-encoded blob (eg. X'1234' )
................................................................................

/*
** Output a single term of CSV.  Actually, p->separator is used for
** the separator, which may or may not be a comma.  p->nullvalue is
** the null value.  Strings are quoted if necessary.  The separator
** is only issued if bSep is true.
*/
static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){
  FILE *out = p->out;
  if( z==0 ){
    fprintf(out,"%s",p->nullvalue);
  }else{
    int i;
    int nSep = strlen30(p->colSeparator);
    for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
................................................................................

/*
** This is the callback routine that the shell
** invokes for each row of a query result.
*/
static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int *aiType){
  int i;
  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg;

  switch( p->mode ){
    case MODE_Line: {
      int w = 5;
      if( azArg==0 ) break;
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        int len = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
................................................................................
*/
static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
  /* since we don't have type info, call the shell_callback with a NULL value */
  return shell_callback(pArg, nArg, azArg, azCol, NULL);
}

/*
** Set the destination table field of the callback_data structure to
** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
** table name.
*/
static void set_table_name(struct callback_data *p, const char *zName){
  int i, n;
  int needQuote;
  char *z;

  if( p->zDestTable ){
    free(p->zDestTable);
    p->zDestTable = 0;
................................................................................
**
** If the number of columns is 1 and that column contains text "--"
** then write the semicolon on a separate line.  That way, if a 
** "--" comment occurs at the end of the statement, the comment
** won't consume the semicolon terminator.
*/
static int run_table_dump_query(
  struct callback_data *p, /* Query context */
  const char *zSelect,     /* SELECT statement to extract content */
  const char *zFirstRow    /* Print before first row, if not NULL */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
  int rc;
  int nResult;
  int i;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Display memory stats.
*/
static int display_stats(
  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database to query */
  struct callback_data *pArg, /* Pointer to struct callback_data */
  int bReset                  /* True to reset the stats */
){
  int iCur;
  int iHiwtr;

  if( pArg && pArg->out ){
    
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Memory Used:                         %d (max %d) bytes\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Outstanding Allocations:   %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
/*
** Not currently used by the CLI.

**    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
**    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
**    fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Pcache Pages Used:         %d (max %d) pages\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
*/

    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Pcache Overflow Bytes:     %d (max %d) bytes\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
/*
** Not currently used by the CLI.

**    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
**    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
**    fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Scratch Allocations Used:  %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
*/

    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Scratch Overflow Bytes:    %d (max %d) bytes\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Largest Allocation:                  %d bytes\n", iHiwtr);
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
................................................................................
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Deepest Parser Stack:                %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
#endif
  }

  if( pArg && pArg->out && db ){

    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside Slots Used:                %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Successful lookaside attempts:       %d\n", iHiwtr);
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside failures due to size:      %d\n", iHiwtr);
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside failures due to OOM:       %d\n", iHiwtr);

    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Pager Heap Usage:                    %d bytes\n", iCur);    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Page cache hits:                     %d\n", iCur);
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1);
................................................................................
    if( 0==strcmp(zStr, azArray[i]) ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** If compiled statement pSql appears to be an EXPLAIN statement, allocate
** and populate the callback_data.aiIndent[] array with the number of
** spaces each opcode should be indented before it is output. 
**
** The indenting rules are:
**
**     * For each "Next", "Prev", "VNext" or "VPrev" instruction, indent
**       all opcodes that occur between the p2 jump destination and the opcode
**       itself by 2 spaces.
................................................................................
**     * For each "Goto", if the jump destination is earlier in the program
**       and ends on one of:
**          Yield  SeekGt  SeekLt  RowSetRead  Rewind
**       or if the P1 parameter is one instead of zero,
**       then indent all opcodes between the earlier instruction
**       and "Goto" by 2 spaces.
*/
static void explain_data_prepare(struct callback_data *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSql){
  const char *zSql;               /* The text of the SQL statement */
  const char *z;                  /* Used to check if this is an EXPLAIN */
  int *abYield = 0;               /* True if op is an OP_Yield */
  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Allocated size of p->aiIndent[], abYield */
  int iOp;                        /* Index of operation in p->aiIndent[] */

  const char *azNext[] = { "Next", "Prev", "VPrev", "VNext", "SorterNext",
................................................................................
  sqlite3_free(abYield);
  sqlite3_reset(pSql);
}

/*
** Free the array allocated by explain_data_prepare().
*/
static void explain_data_delete(struct callback_data *p){
  sqlite3_free(p->aiIndent);
  p->aiIndent = 0;
  p->nIndent = 0;
  p->iIndent = 0;
}

/*
................................................................................
** set via the supplied callback.
**
** This is very similar to SQLite's built-in sqlite3_exec() 
** function except it takes a slightly different callback 
** and callback data argument.
*/
static int shell_exec(
  sqlite3 *db,                                /* An open database */
  const char *zSql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
  int (*xCallback)(void*,int,char**,char**,int*),   /* Callback function */
                                              /* (not the same as sqlite3_exec) */
  struct callback_data *pArg,                 /* Pointer to struct callback_data */
  char **pzErrMsg                             /* Error msg written here */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL;     /* Statement to execute. */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  int rc2;
  const char *zLeftover;          /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */

  if( pzErrMsg ){
................................................................................
*/
static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
  int rc;
  const char *zTable;
  const char *zType;
  const char *zSql;
  const char *zPrepStmt = 0;
  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data *)pArg;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(azCol);
  if( nArg!=3 ) return 1;
  zTable = azArg[0];
  zType = azArg[1];
  zSql = azArg[2];
  
................................................................................
** Run zQuery.  Use dump_callback() as the callback routine so that
** the contents of the query are output as SQL statements.
**
** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending
** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end.
*/
static int run_schema_dump_query(
  struct callback_data *p, 
  const char *zQuery
){
  int rc;
  char *zErr = 0;
  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, &zErr);
  if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
    char *zQ2;
................................................................................
  ".trace FILE|off        Output each SQL statement as it is run\n"
  ".vfsname ?AUX?         Print the name of the VFS stack\n"
  ".width NUM1 NUM2 ...   Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n"
  "                         Negative values right-justify\n"
;

/* Forward reference */
static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in);
/*
** Implementation of the "readfile(X)" SQL function.  The entire content
** of the file named X is read and returned as a BLOB.  NULL is returned
** if the file does not exist or is unreadable.
*/
static void readfileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
................................................................................
static void writefileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  FILE *out;
  const char *z;
  int n;
  sqlite3_int64 rc;
  const char *zFile;

  zFile = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zFile==0 ) return;
  out = fopen(zFile, "wb");
  if( out==0 ) return;
  z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
  if( z==0 ){
    n = 0;
    rc = 0;
  }else{
    n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
    rc = fwrite(z, 1, n, out);
  }
  fclose(out);
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}

/*
** Make sure the database is open.  If it is not, then open it.  If
** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit.
*/
static void open_db(struct callback_data *p, int keepAlive){
  if( p->db==0 ){
    sqlite3_initialize();
    sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db);
    db = p->db;
    if( db && sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
          shellstaticFunc, 0, 0);
................................................................................
}

/*
** A routine for handling output from sqlite3_trace().
*/
static void sql_trace_callback(void *pArg, const char *z){
  FILE *f = (FILE*)pArg;



  if( f ) fprintf(f, "%s\n", z);

}

/*
** A no-op routine that runs with the ".breakpoint" doc-command.  This is
** a useful spot to set a debugger breakpoint.
*/
static void test_breakpoint(void){
................................................................................

/*
** Try to transfer data for table zTable.  If an error is seen while
** moving forward, try to go backwards.  The backwards movement won't
** work for WITHOUT ROWID tables.
*/
static void tryToCloneData(
  struct callback_data *p,
  sqlite3 *newDb,
  const char *zTable
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0; 
  sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0;
  char *zQuery = 0;
  char *zInsert = 0;
................................................................................
/*
** Try to transfer all rows of the schema that match zWhere.  For
** each row, invoke xForEach() on the object defined by that row.
** If an error is encountered while moving forward through the
** sqlite_master table, try again moving backwards.
*/
static void tryToCloneSchema(
  struct callback_data *p,
  sqlite3 *newDb,
  const char *zWhere,
  void (*xForEach)(struct callback_data*,sqlite3*,const char*)
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0;
  char *zQuery = 0;
  int rc;
  const unsigned char *zName;
  const unsigned char *zSql;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Open a new database file named "zNewDb".  Try to recover as much information
** as possible out of the main database (which might be corrupt) and write it
** into zNewDb.
*/
static void tryToClone(struct callback_data *p, const char *zNewDb){
  int rc;
  sqlite3 *newDb = 0;
  if( access(zNewDb,0)==0 ){
    fprintf(stderr, "File \"%s\" already exists.\n", zNewDb);
    return;
  }
  rc = sqlite3_open(zNewDb, &newDb);
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_close(newDb);
}

/*
** Change the output file back to stdout
*/
static void output_reset(struct callback_data *p){
  if( p->outfile[0]=='|' ){
    pclose(p->out);
  }else{
    output_file_close(p->out);
  }
  p->outfile[0] = 0;
  p->out = stdout;
................................................................................

/*
** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
** process that line.
**
** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise.
*/
static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){
  int i = 1;
  int nArg = 0;
  int n, c;
  int rc = 0;
  char *azArg[50];

  /* Parse the input line into tokens.
................................................................................
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .clone FILENAME\n");
      rc = 1;
    }
  }else

  if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){
    struct callback_data data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 1;
    data.mode = MODE_Column;
    data.colWidth[0] = 3;
    data.colWidth[1] = 15;
................................................................................
    if( nArg>1 && (rc = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]))!=0 ) exit(rc);
    rc = 2;
  }else

  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){
    int val = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 1;
    if(val == 1) {
      if(!p->explainPrev.valid) {
        p->explainPrev.valid = 1;
        p->explainPrev.mode = p->mode;
        p->explainPrev.showHeader = p->showHeader;
        memcpy(p->explainPrev.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
      }
      /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid
      ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in
      ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy
      ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously
      ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header
      ** command.
................................................................................
      p->colWidth[1] = 13;                 /* opcode */
      p->colWidth[2] = 4;                  /* P1 */
      p->colWidth[3] = 4;                  /* P2 */
      p->colWidth[4] = 4;                  /* P3 */
      p->colWidth[5] = 13;                 /* P4 */
      p->colWidth[6] = 2;                  /* P5 */
      p->colWidth[7] = 13;                  /* Comment */
    }else if (p->explainPrev.valid) {
      p->explainPrev.valid = 0;
      p->mode = p->explainPrev.mode;
      p->showHeader = p->explainPrev.showHeader;
      memcpy(p->colWidth,p->explainPrev.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
    }
  }else

  if( c=='f' && strncmp(azArg[0], "fullschema", n)==0 ){
    struct callback_data data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    int doStats = 0;
    if( nArg!=1 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .fullschema\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
................................................................................
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
       "SELECT sql FROM"
       "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
       "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
       "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
       "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'"
       "ORDER BY rowid",
       callback, &data, &zErrMsg
    );
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db,
               "SELECT rowid FROM sqlite_master"
................................................................................
    xCloser(sCtx.in);
    sqlite3_free(sCtx.z);
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(db, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
  }else

  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 ){
    struct callback_data data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_List;
    if( nArg==1 ){
      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
................................................................................
      fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
      rc = 1;
    }
    sqlite3_close(pSrc);
  }else

  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){
    struct callback_data data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
    if( nArg==2 ){
      int i;
................................................................................
      }
    }else if( nArg==1 ){
      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
         "SELECT sql FROM "
         "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
         "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
         "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
         "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'"
         "ORDER BY rowid",
         callback, &data, &zErrMsg
      );
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .schema ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
................................................................................
    }
  }else

  if( c=='s'
   && (strncmp(azArg[0], "shell", n)==0 || strncmp(azArg[0],"system",n)==0)
  ){
    char *zCmd;
    int i;
    if( nArg<2 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .system COMMAND\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
    zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf(strchr(azArg[1],' ')==0?"%s":"\"%s\"", azArg[1]);
    for(i=2; i<nArg; i++){
      zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf(strchr(azArg[i],' ')==0?"%z %s":"%z \"%s\"",
                             zCmd, azArg[i]);
    }
    (void)system(zCmd);
    sqlite3_free(zCmd);

  }else

  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "show", n)==0 ){
    int i;
    if( nArg!=1 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .show\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","eqp", p->autoEQP ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","explain", p->explainPrev.valid ? "on" :"off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]);
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: ", "nullvalue");
      output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue);
      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","output",
            strlen30(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout");
................................................................................
** is interactive - the user is typing it it.  Otherwise, input
** is coming from a file or device.  A prompt is issued and history
** is saved only if input is interactive.  An interrupt signal will
** cause this routine to exit immediately, unless input is interactive.
**
** Return the number of errors.
*/
static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in){
  char *zLine = 0;          /* A single input line */
  char *zSql = 0;           /* Accumulated SQL text */
  int nLine;                /* Length of current line */
  int nSql = 0;             /* Bytes of zSql[] used */
  int nAlloc = 0;           /* Allocated zSql[] space */
  int nSqlPrior = 0;        /* Bytes of zSql[] used by prior line */
  char *zErrMsg;            /* Error message returned */
................................................................................
/*
** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override.  Or if that
** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc
**
** Returns the number of errors.
*/
static int process_sqliterc(
  struct callback_data *p,        /* Configuration data */
  const char *sqliterc_override   /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */
){
  char *home_dir = NULL;
  const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override;
  char *zBuf = 0;
  FILE *in = NULL;
  int rc = 0;
................................................................................
  "   -heap SIZE           Size of heap for memsys3 or memsys5\n"
#endif
  "   -help                show this message\n"
  "   -html                set output mode to HTML\n"
  "   -interactive         force interactive I/O\n"
  "   -line                set output mode to 'line'\n"
  "   -list                set output mode to 'list'\n"

  "   -mmap N              default mmap size set to N\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
  "   -multiplex           enable the multiplexor VFS\n"
#endif
  "   -newline SEP         set newline character(s) for CSV\n"
  "   -nullvalue TEXT      set text string for NULL values. Default ''\n"

  "   -rowseparator SEP    set output line separator. Default: '\\n'\n"

  "   -separator SEP       set output field separator. Default: '|'\n"
  "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
  "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
  "   -vfstrace            enable tracing of all VFS calls\n"
#endif
................................................................................
  }
  exit(1);
}

/*
** Initialize the state information in data
*/
static void main_init(struct callback_data *data) {
  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
  data->mode = MODE_List;
  memcpy(data->colSeparator,SEP_Column, 2);
  memcpy(data->rowSeparator,SEP_Row, 2);
  memcpy(data->newline,SEP_CrLf, 3);
  data->showHeader = 0;

  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, 1);
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, shellLog, data);

  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mainPrompt), mainPrompt,"sqlite> ");
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(continuePrompt), continuePrompt,"   ...> ");
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD);
}

/*
** Output text to the console in a font that attracts extra attention.
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
static void printBold(const char *zText){
................................................................................
    exit(1);
  }
  return argv[i];
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  struct callback_data data;
  const char *zInitFile = 0;
  char *zFirstCmd = 0;
  int i;
  int rc = 0;
  int warnInmemoryDb = 0;

#if USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE+0!=1
................................................................................
      sqlite3_int64 szHeap;

      zSize = cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
      szHeap = integerValue(zSize);
      if( szHeap>0x7fff0000 ) szHeap = 0x7fff0000;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, malloc((int)szHeap), (int)szHeap, 64);
#endif



























#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){
      extern int vfstrace_register(
         const char *zTraceName,
         const char *zOldVfsName,
         int (*xOut)(const char*,void*),
         void *pOutArg,
................................................................................
      return 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-interactive")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
      i++;






    }else if( strcmp(z,"-mmap")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
      i++;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){
      i++;

    fflush(stdout);
    zResult = local_getline(zPrior, stdin);
#endif
  }
  return zResult;
}

/*
** Shell output mode information from before ".explain on", 
** saved so that it can be restored by ".explain off"
*/
typedef struct SavedModeInfo SavedModeInfo;
struct SavedModeInfo {
  int valid;          /* Is there legit data in here? */
  int mode;           /* Mode prior to ".explain on" */
  int showHeader;     /* The ".header" setting prior to ".explain on" */
  int colWidth[100];  /* Column widths prior to ".explain on" */
};

/*
** State information about the database connection is contained in an
** instance of the following structure.

*/
typedef struct ShellState ShellState;
struct ShellState {
  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database */
  int echoOn;            /* True to echo input commands */
  int autoEQP;           /* Run EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN prior to seach SQL stmt */
  int statsOn;           /* True to display memory stats before each finalize */
  int outCount;          /* Revert to stdout when reaching zero */
  int cnt;               /* Number of records displayed so far */
  FILE *out;             /* Write results here */
  FILE *traceOut;        /* Output for sqlite3_trace() */
  int nErr;              /* Number of errors seen */
  int mode;              /* An output mode setting */
  int writableSchema;    /* True if PRAGMA writable_schema=ON */
  int showHeader;        /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */
  unsigned shellFlgs;    /* Various flags */
  char *zDestTable;      /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */
  char colSeparator[20]; /* Column separator character for several modes */
  char rowSeparator[20]; /* Row separator character for MODE_Ascii */
  char newline[20];      /* Record separator in MODE_Csv */
  int colWidth[100];     /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/
  int actualWidth[100];  /* Actual width of each column */
  char nullvalue[20];    /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from
                         ** the database */
  SavedModeInfo normalMode;/* Holds the mode just before .explain ON */


  char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */
  const char *zDbFilename;    /* name of the database file */
  char *zFreeOnClose;         /* Filename to free when closing */
  const char *zVfs;           /* Name of VFS to use */
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;   /* Current statement if any. */
  FILE *pLog;            /* Write log output here */
  int *aiIndent;         /* Array of indents used in MODE_Explain */
  int nIndent;           /* Size of array aiIndent[] */
  int iIndent;           /* Index of current op in aiIndent[] */
};

/*
** These are the allowed shellFlgs values
*/
#define SHFLG_Scratch     0x00001     /* The --scratch option is used */
#define SHFLG_Pagecache   0x00002     /* The --pagecache option is used */
#define SHFLG_Lookaside   0x00004     /* Lookaside memory is used */

/*
** These are the allowed modes.
*/
#define MODE_Line     0  /* One column per line.  Blank line between records */
#define MODE_Column   1  /* One record per line in neat columns */
#define MODE_List     2  /* One record per line with a separator */
#define MODE_Semi     3  /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */
................................................................................
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}

/*
** A callback for the sqlite3_log() interface.
*/
static void shellLog(void *pArg, int iErrCode, const char *zMsg){
  ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pArg;
  if( p->pLog==0 ) return;
  fprintf(p->pLog, "(%d) %s\n", iErrCode, zMsg);
  fflush(p->pLog);
}

/*
** Output the given string as a hex-encoded blob (eg. X'1234' )
................................................................................

/*
** Output a single term of CSV.  Actually, p->separator is used for
** the separator, which may or may not be a comma.  p->nullvalue is
** the null value.  Strings are quoted if necessary.  The separator
** is only issued if bSep is true.
*/
static void output_csv(ShellState *p, const char *z, int bSep){
  FILE *out = p->out;
  if( z==0 ){
    fprintf(out,"%s",p->nullvalue);
  }else{
    int i;
    int nSep = strlen30(p->colSeparator);
    for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
................................................................................

/*
** This is the callback routine that the shell
** invokes for each row of a query result.
*/
static int shell_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol, int *aiType){
  int i;
  ShellState *p = (ShellState*)pArg;

  switch( p->mode ){
    case MODE_Line: {
      int w = 5;
      if( azArg==0 ) break;
      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
        int len = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
................................................................................
*/
static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
  /* since we don't have type info, call the shell_callback with a NULL value */
  return shell_callback(pArg, nArg, azArg, azCol, NULL);
}

/*
** Set the destination table field of the ShellState structure to
** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
** table name.
*/
static void set_table_name(ShellState *p, const char *zName){
  int i, n;
  int needQuote;
  char *z;

  if( p->zDestTable ){
    free(p->zDestTable);
    p->zDestTable = 0;
................................................................................
**
** If the number of columns is 1 and that column contains text "--"
** then write the semicolon on a separate line.  That way, if a 
** "--" comment occurs at the end of the statement, the comment
** won't consume the semicolon terminator.
*/
static int run_table_dump_query(
  ShellState *p,           /* Query context */
  const char *zSelect,     /* SELECT statement to extract content */
  const char *zFirstRow    /* Print before first row, if not NULL */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
  int rc;
  int nResult;
  int i;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Display memory stats.
*/
static int display_stats(
  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database to query */
  ShellState *pArg,           /* Pointer to ShellState */
  int bReset                  /* True to reset the stats */
){
  int iCur;
  int iHiwtr;

  if( pArg && pArg->out ){
    
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Memory Used:                         %d (max %d) bytes\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Outstanding Allocations:   %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr);


    if( pArg->shellFlgs & SHFLG_Pagecache ){
      iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
      sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
      fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Pcache Pages Used:         %d (max %d) pages\n", iCur, iHiwtr);

    }
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Pcache Overflow Bytes:     %d (max %d) bytes\n", iCur, iHiwtr);


    if( pArg->shellFlgs & SHFLG_Scratch ){
      iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
      sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
      fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Scratch Allocations Used:  %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr);

    }
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Number of Scratch Overflow Bytes:    %d (max %d) bytes\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Largest Allocation:                  %d bytes\n", iHiwtr);
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
................................................................................
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Deepest Parser Stack:                %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
#endif
  }

  if( pArg && pArg->out && db ){
    if( pArg->shellFlgs & SHFLG_Lookaside ){
      iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
      sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
      fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside Slots Used:                %d (max %d)\n", iCur, iHiwtr);
      sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
      fprintf(pArg->out, "Successful lookaside attempts:       %d\n", iHiwtr);
      sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
      fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside failures due to size:      %d\n", iHiwtr);
      sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
      fprintf(pArg->out, "Lookaside failures due to OOM:       %d\n", iHiwtr);
    }
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, &iCur, &iHiwtr, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Pager Heap Usage:                    %d bytes\n", iCur);    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Page cache hits:                     %d\n", iCur);
    iHiwtr = iCur = -1;
    sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS, &iCur, &iHiwtr, 1);
................................................................................
    if( 0==strcmp(zStr, azArray[i]) ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** If compiled statement pSql appears to be an EXPLAIN statement, allocate
** and populate the ShellState.aiIndent[] array with the number of
** spaces each opcode should be indented before it is output. 
**
** The indenting rules are:
**
**     * For each "Next", "Prev", "VNext" or "VPrev" instruction, indent
**       all opcodes that occur between the p2 jump destination and the opcode
**       itself by 2 spaces.
................................................................................
**     * For each "Goto", if the jump destination is earlier in the program
**       and ends on one of:
**          Yield  SeekGt  SeekLt  RowSetRead  Rewind
**       or if the P1 parameter is one instead of zero,
**       then indent all opcodes between the earlier instruction
**       and "Goto" by 2 spaces.
*/
static void explain_data_prepare(ShellState *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSql){
  const char *zSql;               /* The text of the SQL statement */
  const char *z;                  /* Used to check if this is an EXPLAIN */
  int *abYield = 0;               /* True if op is an OP_Yield */
  int nAlloc = 0;                 /* Allocated size of p->aiIndent[], abYield */
  int iOp;                        /* Index of operation in p->aiIndent[] */

  const char *azNext[] = { "Next", "Prev", "VPrev", "VNext", "SorterNext",
................................................................................
  sqlite3_free(abYield);
  sqlite3_reset(pSql);
}

/*
** Free the array allocated by explain_data_prepare().
*/
static void explain_data_delete(ShellState *p){
  sqlite3_free(p->aiIndent);
  p->aiIndent = 0;
  p->nIndent = 0;
  p->iIndent = 0;
}

/*
................................................................................
** set via the supplied callback.
**
** This is very similar to SQLite's built-in sqlite3_exec() 
** function except it takes a slightly different callback 
** and callback data argument.
*/
static int shell_exec(
  sqlite3 *db,                              /* An open database */
  const char *zSql,                         /* SQL to be evaluated */
  int (*xCallback)(void*,int,char**,char**,int*),   /* Callback function */
                                            /* (not the same as sqlite3_exec) */
  ShellState *pArg,                         /* Pointer to ShellState */
  char **pzErrMsg                           /* Error msg written here */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = NULL;     /* Statement to execute. */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return Code */
  int rc2;
  const char *zLeftover;          /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */

  if( pzErrMsg ){
................................................................................
*/
static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
  int rc;
  const char *zTable;
  const char *zType;
  const char *zSql;
  const char *zPrepStmt = 0;
  ShellState *p = (ShellState *)pArg;

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(azCol);
  if( nArg!=3 ) return 1;
  zTable = azArg[0];
  zType = azArg[1];
  zSql = azArg[2];
  
................................................................................
** Run zQuery.  Use dump_callback() as the callback routine so that
** the contents of the query are output as SQL statements.
**
** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending
** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end.
*/
static int run_schema_dump_query(
  ShellState *p, 
  const char *zQuery
){
  int rc;
  char *zErr = 0;
  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, &zErr);
  if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
    char *zQ2;
................................................................................
  ".trace FILE|off        Output each SQL statement as it is run\n"
  ".vfsname ?AUX?         Print the name of the VFS stack\n"
  ".width NUM1 NUM2 ...   Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n"
  "                         Negative values right-justify\n"
;

/* Forward reference */
static int process_input(ShellState *p, FILE *in);
/*
** Implementation of the "readfile(X)" SQL function.  The entire content
** of the file named X is read and returned as a BLOB.  NULL is returned
** if the file does not exist or is unreadable.
*/
static void readfileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
................................................................................
static void writefileFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  FILE *out;
  const char *z;

  sqlite3_int64 rc;
  const char *zFile;

  zFile = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zFile==0 ) return;
  out = fopen(zFile, "wb");
  if( out==0 ) return;
  z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
  if( z==0 ){

    rc = 0;
  }else{
    rc = fwrite(z, 1, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]), out);

  }
  fclose(out);
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, rc);
}

/*
** Make sure the database is open.  If it is not, then open it.  If
** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit.
*/
static void open_db(ShellState *p, int keepAlive){
  if( p->db==0 ){
    sqlite3_initialize();
    sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db);
    db = p->db;
    if( db && sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
          shellstaticFunc, 0, 0);
................................................................................
}

/*
** A routine for handling output from sqlite3_trace().
*/
static void sql_trace_callback(void *pArg, const char *z){
  FILE *f = (FILE*)pArg;
  if( f ){
    int i = (int)strlen(z);
    while( i>0 && z[i-1]==';' ){ i--; }
    fprintf(f, "%.*s;\n", i, z);
  }
}

/*
** A no-op routine that runs with the ".breakpoint" doc-command.  This is
** a useful spot to set a debugger breakpoint.
*/
static void test_breakpoint(void){
................................................................................

/*
** Try to transfer data for table zTable.  If an error is seen while
** moving forward, try to go backwards.  The backwards movement won't
** work for WITHOUT ROWID tables.
*/
static void tryToCloneData(
  ShellState *p,
  sqlite3 *newDb,
  const char *zTable
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0; 
  sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0;
  char *zQuery = 0;
  char *zInsert = 0;
................................................................................
/*
** Try to transfer all rows of the schema that match zWhere.  For
** each row, invoke xForEach() on the object defined by that row.
** If an error is encountered while moving forward through the
** sqlite_master table, try again moving backwards.
*/
static void tryToCloneSchema(
  ShellState *p,
  sqlite3 *newDb,
  const char *zWhere,
  void (*xForEach)(ShellState*,sqlite3*,const char*)
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0;
  char *zQuery = 0;
  int rc;
  const unsigned char *zName;
  const unsigned char *zSql;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Open a new database file named "zNewDb".  Try to recover as much information
** as possible out of the main database (which might be corrupt) and write it
** into zNewDb.
*/
static void tryToClone(ShellState *p, const char *zNewDb){
  int rc;
  sqlite3 *newDb = 0;
  if( access(zNewDb,0)==0 ){
    fprintf(stderr, "File \"%s\" already exists.\n", zNewDb);
    return;
  }
  rc = sqlite3_open(zNewDb, &newDb);
................................................................................
  }
  sqlite3_close(newDb);
}

/*
** Change the output file back to stdout
*/
static void output_reset(ShellState *p){
  if( p->outfile[0]=='|' ){
    pclose(p->out);
  }else{
    output_file_close(p->out);
  }
  p->outfile[0] = 0;
  p->out = stdout;
................................................................................

/*
** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
** process that line.
**
** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise.
*/
static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, ShellState *p){
  int i = 1;
  int nArg = 0;
  int n, c;
  int rc = 0;
  char *azArg[50];

  /* Parse the input line into tokens.
................................................................................
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .clone FILENAME\n");
      rc = 1;
    }
  }else

  if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){
    ShellState data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 1;
    data.mode = MODE_Column;
    data.colWidth[0] = 3;
    data.colWidth[1] = 15;
................................................................................
    if( nArg>1 && (rc = (int)integerValue(azArg[1]))!=0 ) exit(rc);
    rc = 2;
  }else

  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){
    int val = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 1;
    if(val == 1) {
      if(!p->normalMode.valid) {
        p->normalMode.valid = 1;
        p->normalMode.mode = p->mode;
        p->normalMode.showHeader = p->showHeader;
        memcpy(p->normalMode.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
      }
      /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid
      ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in
      ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy
      ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously
      ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header
      ** command.
................................................................................
      p->colWidth[1] = 13;                 /* opcode */
      p->colWidth[2] = 4;                  /* P1 */
      p->colWidth[3] = 4;                  /* P2 */
      p->colWidth[4] = 4;                  /* P3 */
      p->colWidth[5] = 13;                 /* P4 */
      p->colWidth[6] = 2;                  /* P5 */
      p->colWidth[7] = 13;                  /* Comment */
    }else if (p->normalMode.valid) {
      p->normalMode.valid = 0;
      p->mode = p->normalMode.mode;
      p->showHeader = p->normalMode.showHeader;
      memcpy(p->colWidth,p->normalMode.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
    }
  }else

  if( c=='f' && strncmp(azArg[0], "fullschema", n)==0 ){
    ShellState data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    int doStats = 0;
    if( nArg!=1 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .fullschema\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
................................................................................
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
       "SELECT sql FROM"
       "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
       "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
       "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
       "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' "
       "ORDER BY rowid",
       callback, &data, &zErrMsg
    );
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db,
               "SELECT rowid FROM sqlite_master"
................................................................................
    xCloser(sCtx.in);
    sqlite3_free(sCtx.z);
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    if( needCommit ) sqlite3_exec(db, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0);
  }else

  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 ){
    ShellState data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_List;
    if( nArg==1 ){
      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
................................................................................
      fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
      rc = 1;
    }
    sqlite3_close(pSrc);
  }else

  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){
    ShellState data;
    char *zErrMsg = 0;
    open_db(p, 0);
    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
    data.showHeader = 0;
    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
    if( nArg==2 ){
      int i;
................................................................................
      }
    }else if( nArg==1 ){
      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db,
         "SELECT sql FROM "
         "  (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name, rowid x"
         "     FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
         "   SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name, rowid FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
         "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%' "
         "ORDER BY rowid",
         callback, &data, &zErrMsg
      );
    }else{
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .schema ?LIKE-PATTERN?\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
................................................................................
    }
  }else

  if( c=='s'
   && (strncmp(azArg[0], "shell", n)==0 || strncmp(azArg[0],"system",n)==0)
  ){
    char *zCmd;
    int i, x;
    if( nArg<2 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .system COMMAND\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
    zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf(strchr(azArg[1],' ')==0?"%s":"\"%s\"", azArg[1]);
    for(i=2; i<nArg; i++){
      zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf(strchr(azArg[i],' ')==0?"%z %s":"%z \"%s\"",
                             zCmd, azArg[i]);
    }
    x = system(zCmd);
    sqlite3_free(zCmd);
    if( x ) fprintf(stderr, "System command returns %d\n", x);
  }else

  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "show", n)==0 ){
    int i;
    if( nArg!=1 ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Usage: .show\n");
      rc = 1;
      goto meta_command_exit;
    }
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","eqp", p->autoEQP ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->normalMode.valid ? "on" :"off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off");
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]);
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: ", "nullvalue");
      output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue);
      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
    fprintf(p->out,"%12.12s: %s\n","output",
            strlen30(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout");
................................................................................
** is interactive - the user is typing it it.  Otherwise, input
** is coming from a file or device.  A prompt is issued and history
** is saved only if input is interactive.  An interrupt signal will
** cause this routine to exit immediately, unless input is interactive.
**
** Return the number of errors.
*/
static int process_input(ShellState *p, FILE *in){
  char *zLine = 0;          /* A single input line */
  char *zSql = 0;           /* Accumulated SQL text */
  int nLine;                /* Length of current line */
  int nSql = 0;             /* Bytes of zSql[] used */
  int nAlloc = 0;           /* Allocated zSql[] space */
  int nSqlPrior = 0;        /* Bytes of zSql[] used by prior line */
  char *zErrMsg;            /* Error message returned */
................................................................................
/*
** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override.  Or if that
** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc
**
** Returns the number of errors.
*/
static int process_sqliterc(
  ShellState *p,                  /* Configuration data */
  const char *sqliterc_override   /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */
){
  char *home_dir = NULL;
  const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override;
  char *zBuf = 0;
  FILE *in = NULL;
  int rc = 0;
................................................................................
  "   -heap SIZE           Size of heap for memsys3 or memsys5\n"
#endif
  "   -help                show this message\n"
  "   -html                set output mode to HTML\n"
  "   -interactive         force interactive I/O\n"
  "   -line                set output mode to 'line'\n"
  "   -list                set output mode to 'list'\n"
  "   -lookaside SIZE N    use N entries of SZ bytes for lookaside memory\n"
  "   -mmap N              default mmap size set to N\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX
  "   -multiplex           enable the multiplexor VFS\n"
#endif
  "   -newline SEP         set newline character(s) for CSV\n"
  "   -nullvalue TEXT      set text string for NULL values. Default ''\n"
  "   -pagecache SIZE N    use N slots of SZ bytes each for page cache memory\n"
  "   -rowseparator SEP    set output line separator. Default: '\\n'\n"
  "   -scratch SIZE N      use N slots of SZ bytes each for scratch memory\n"
  "   -separator SEP       set output field separator. Default: '|'\n"
  "   -stats               print memory stats before each finalize\n"
  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
  "   -vfs NAME            use NAME as the default VFS\n"
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
  "   -vfstrace            enable tracing of all VFS calls\n"
#endif
................................................................................
  }
  exit(1);
}

/*
** Initialize the state information in data
*/
static void main_init(ShellState *data) {
  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
  data->mode = MODE_List;
  memcpy(data->colSeparator,SEP_Column, 2);
  memcpy(data->rowSeparator,SEP_Row, 2);
  memcpy(data->newline,SEP_CrLf, 3);
  data->showHeader = 0;
  data->shellFlgs = SHFLG_Lookaside;
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI, 1);
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG, shellLog, data);
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD);
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mainPrompt), mainPrompt,"sqlite> ");
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(continuePrompt), continuePrompt,"   ...> ");

}

/*
** Output text to the console in a font that attracts extra attention.
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
static void printBold(const char *zText){
................................................................................
    exit(1);
  }
  return argv[i];
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  ShellState data;
  const char *zInitFile = 0;
  char *zFirstCmd = 0;
  int i;
  int rc = 0;
  int warnInmemoryDb = 0;

#if USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE+0!=1
................................................................................
      sqlite3_int64 szHeap;

      zSize = cmdline_option_value(argc, argv, ++i);
      szHeap = integerValue(zSize);
      if( szHeap>0x7fff0000 ) szHeap = 0x7fff0000;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, malloc((int)szHeap), (int)szHeap, 64);
#endif
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-scratch")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz>400000 ) sz = 400000;
      if( sz<2500 ) sz = 2500;
      n = integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( n>10 ) n = 10;
      if( n<1 ) n = 1;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, malloc(n*sz+1), sz, n);
      data.shellFlgs |= SHFLG_Scratch;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz>70000 ) sz = 70000;
      if( sz<800 ) sz = 800;
      n = integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( n<10 ) n = 10;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, malloc(n*sz+1), sz, n);
      data.shellFlgs |= SHFLG_Pagecache;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-lookaside")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
      n = integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( n<0 ) n = 0;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE, sz, n);
      if( sz*n==0 ) data.shellFlgs &= ~SHFLG_Lookaside;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){
      extern int vfstrace_register(
         const char *zTraceName,
         const char *zOldVfsName,
         int (*xOut)(const char*,void*),
         void *pOutArg,
................................................................................
      return 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-interactive")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 1;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-batch")==0 ){
      stdin_is_interactive = 0;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-heap")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-scratch")==0 ){
      i+=2;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
      i+=2;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-lookaside")==0 ){
      i+=2;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-mmap")==0 ){
      i++;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfs")==0 ){
      i++;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-vfstrace")==0 ){
      i++;

#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
**
** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
** for the [sqlite3] object.
** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if
** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
** resources are deallocated.
**
** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
** destructors are called is arbitrary.
**
** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation
** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
**
** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
**
** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
................................................................................
  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
**
** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
** here in order to indicate success or failure.
**
** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
**
** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
*/
#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
/* beginning-of-error-codes */
#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
/* end-of-error-codes */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
**
** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
** on a per database connection basis using the
** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
**
** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase
** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
**
** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
** be exactly zero.
*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
................................................................................
** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
** recognize.
**
** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
................................................................................
  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes

**
** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
** interface.
**
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
................................................................................
** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
** [database connection] D when another thread
** or process has the table locked.
** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
**
** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
**
** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
** been invoked for the same locking event.  ^If the
** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned
** to the application.
** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] to the application instead of invoking the 
** busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
................................................................................
** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
** the second process to proceed.
**
** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
**
** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
** readers.  ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  ^This error code promotion
** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
** this is important.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
**
** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
................................................................................
** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
**
** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
**
** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
................................................................................
**
** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
** information.
**
** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
**
................................................................................
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2


** </ul>)^
**
** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */




/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
**
** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22

#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    22

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
................................................................................
** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
** [virtual table].
*/
int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes

**
** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
**
** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that

#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
**
** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
** for the [sqlite3] object.
** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
** resources are deallocated.
**
** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
** destructors are called is arbitrary.
**
** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
**
** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
**
** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
................................................................................
  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Result Codes

** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions}
**
** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
** here in order to indicate success or failure.
**
** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
**
** See also: [extended result code definitions]

*/
#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
/* beginning-of-error-codes */
#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
/* end-of-error-codes */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes

** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions}
**
** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer
** [result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled
** on a per database connection basis using the
** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.  Or, the extended code for
** the most recent error can be obtained using
** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()].






*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
................................................................................
** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
** recognize.
**
** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
................................................................................
  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode}
**
** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
** interface.
**
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
................................................................................
** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
** [database connection] D when another thread
** or process has the table locked.
** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
**
** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY]
** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
**
** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
** been invoked for the same locking event.  ^If the
** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned
** to the application.
** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
** to the application instead of invoking the 
** busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
................................................................................
** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
** the second process to proceed.
**
** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
**















** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
**
** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
................................................................................
** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
**
** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
** [SQLITE_BUSY].
**
** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
................................................................................
**
** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
** information.
**
** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode]
** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
**
................................................................................
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** </ul>)^
**
** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1      8  /* For use by application */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2      9  /* For use by application */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3     10  /* For use by application */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
**
** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    23

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
................................................................................
** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
** [virtual table].
*/
int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode}
**
** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
**
** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that

 */

#if defined(_WIN32)
LANGUAGE LANG_ENGLISH, SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US
#pragma code_page(1252)
#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */









/*
 * Version
 */

VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
  FILEVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION
  PRODUCTVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION

 */

#if defined(_WIN32)
LANGUAGE LANG_ENGLISH, SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US
#pragma code_page(1252)
#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */

/*
 * Icon
 */

#define IDI_SQLITE 101

IDI_SQLITE ICON "..\\art\\sqlite370.ico"

/*
 * Version
 */

VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
  FILEVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION
  PRODUCTVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION

# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
#endif













/*
** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
** database connection at the same time.
................................................................................
  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
};

/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Db.pSchema->flags field.
*/
#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)

/*
** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
**
** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
** read into internal hash tables.
**
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF      0   /* Created using CREATE INDEX */
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE      1   /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY  2   /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */

/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */
#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X)  ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)




/*
** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory 
** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the
** analyze.c source file for additional information.
*/
struct IndexSample {
  void *p;          /* Pointer to sampled record */
................................................................................
LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
#endif
u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);

/*
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
** the MACRO form does).
*/
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);

/*
** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode
** and decode of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common
** case where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
**
** The following expressions are equivalent:
**
**     x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
**     x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B );
**
**     x = getVarint32( A, B );
**     x = putVarint32( A, B );
**
*/
#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
  sqlite3PutVarint32((A),(B)))
#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint


const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);

void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) 
const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
#endif
................................................................................
int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
#else
# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
#endif
u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,int);

const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
                        void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
................................................................................
  void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
  void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
#else
  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
#endif




#define IN_INDEX_ROWID           1
#define IN_INDEX_EPH             2
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC       3
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC      4







int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
  int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
  int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
  int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p);
#else

# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
#else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X))
# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X))
#endif

/*
** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be
** inlined.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__)
#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __attribute__((noinline))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __declspec(noinline)
#else
#  define SQLITE_NOINLINE
#endif

/*
** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple
** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
** database connection at the same time.
................................................................................
  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
  u16 schemaFlags;     /* Flags associated with this schema */
  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
};

/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Db.pSchema->flags field.
*/
#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P))
#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0)
#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P)
#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P)

/*
** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
**
** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
** read into internal hash tables.
**
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF      0   /* Created using CREATE INDEX */
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE      1   /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */
#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY  2   /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */

/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */
#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X)  ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY)

/* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */
#define IsUniqueIndex(X)      ((X)->onError!=OE_None)

/*
** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory 
** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the
** analyze.c source file for additional information.
*/
struct IndexSample {
  void *p;          /* Pointer to sampled record */
................................................................................
LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double);
#endif
u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst);

/*
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
** file.


*/
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);

u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);

/*
** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte.  They following
** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call
** the procedure for larger varints.












*/
#define getVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B)))
#define putVarint32(A,B)  \
  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\
  sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B)))
#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint


const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int);
char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*);
void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*,int);
void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) 
const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
#endif
................................................................................
int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
#else
# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
#endif
u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,u8);

const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
                        void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*);
void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
................................................................................
  void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
  void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
#else
  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
#endif

/*
** Allowed return values from sqlite3FindInIndex()
*/
#define IN_INDEX_ROWID        1   /* Search the rowid of the table */
#define IN_INDEX_EPH          2   /* Search an ephemeral b-tree */
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC    3   /* Existing index ASCENDING */
#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC   4   /* Existing index DESCENDING */
#define IN_INDEX_NOOP         5   /* No table available. Use comparisons */
/*
** Allowed flags for the 3rd parameter to sqlite3FindInIndex().
*/
#define IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK     0x0001  /* OK to return IN_INDEX_NOOP */
#define IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP  0x0002  /* IN operator used for membership test */
#define IN_INDEX_LOOP        0x0004  /* IN operator used as a loop */
int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, u32, int*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
  int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
  int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
  int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p);
#else

    }
    zTable = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-3]);
    zColumn = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-2]);
    rc = Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &iRow);

    if( rc==TCL_OK ){
      rc = createIncrblobChannel(
          interp, pDb, zDb, zTable, zColumn, iRow, isReadonly
      );
    }
#endif
    break;
  }

  /*

    }
    zTable = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-3]);
    zColumn = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-2]);
    rc = Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &iRow);

    if( rc==TCL_OK ){
      rc = createIncrblobChannel(
          interp, pDb, zDb, zTable, zColumn, (sqlite3_int64)iRow, isReadonly
      );
    }
#endif
    break;
  }

  /*

  extern int sqlite3_opentemp_count;
  extern int sqlite3_like_count;
  extern int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_writej_count;
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
  extern int sqlite3_os_type;
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  extern int sqlite3WhereTrace;
  extern int sqlite3OSTrace;
  extern int sqlite3WalTrace;
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
................................................................................
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_last_needed_collation",
      (char*)&pzNeededCollation, TCL_LINK_STRING|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_os_type",
      (char*)&sqlite3_os_type, TCL_LINK_INT);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  {
    static const char *query_plan = "*** OBSOLETE VARIABLE ***";
    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_query_plan",
       (char*)&query_plan, TCL_LINK_STRING|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
  }

  extern int sqlite3_opentemp_count;
  extern int sqlite3_like_count;
  extern int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_writej_count;
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
  extern LONG volatile sqlite3_os_type;
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  extern int sqlite3WhereTrace;
  extern int sqlite3OSTrace;
  extern int sqlite3WalTrace;
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
................................................................................
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_last_needed_collation",
      (char*)&pzNeededCollation, TCL_LINK_STRING|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_os_type",
      (char*)&sqlite3_os_type, TCL_LINK_LONG);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  {
    static const char *query_plan = "*** OBSOLETE VARIABLE ***";
    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_query_plan",
       (char*)&query_plan, TCL_LINK_STRING|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
  }

** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
** with a name of zName.
**
** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
** by the system when the database connection is closed.
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_create(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  sqlite3_intarray *p;
................................................................................
/*
** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
**
** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
){
  if( pIntArray->xFree ){
    pIntArray->xFree(pIntArray->a);

** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
** with a name of zName.
**
** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
** by the system when the database connection is closed.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_create(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  sqlite3_intarray *p;
................................................................................
/*
** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
**
** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
){
  if( pIntArray->xFree ){
    pIntArray->xFree(pIntArray->a);

** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
** with a name of zName.
**
** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
** by the system when the database connection is closed.
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_create(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
);

/*
** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
**
** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
*/
int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
#endif /* _INTARRAY_H_ */

** Each intarray object corresponds to a virtual table in the TEMP table
** with a name of zName.
**
** Destroy the intarray object by dropping the virtual table.  If not done
** explicitly by the application, the virtual table will be dropped implicitly
** by the system when the database connection is closed.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_create(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  sqlite3_intarray **ppReturn
);

/*
** Bind a new array array of integers to a specific intarray object.
**
** The array of integers bound must be unchanged for the duration of
** any query against the corresponding virtual table.  If the integer
** array does change or is deallocated undefined behavior will result.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_intarray_bind(
  sqlite3_intarray *pIntArray,   /* The intarray object to bind to */
  int nElements,                 /* Number of elements in the intarray */
  sqlite3_int64 *aElements,      /* Content of the intarray */
  void (*xFree)(void*)           /* How to dispose of the intarray when done */
);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
#endif /* _INTARRAY_H_ */

**
** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
** routine.
**
** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
*/
int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(void){

  if( gMultiplex.isInitialized==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  if( gMultiplex.pGroups ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;





  gMultiplex.isInitialized = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex_free(gMultiplex.pMutex);
  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&gMultiplex.sThisVfs);
  memset(&gMultiplex, 0, sizeof(gMultiplex));
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/***************************** Test Code ***********************************/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
#include <tcl.h>
extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);

................................................................................
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){
  int rc;                         /* Value returned by multiplex_shutdown() */

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);




  if( objc!=1 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Call sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown() */
  rc = sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown();
  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);

  return TCL_OK;
}

/*
** tclcmd:  sqlite3_multiplex_dump

**
** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
** routine.
**
** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
*/
int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(int eForce){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( gMultiplex.isInitialized==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  if( gMultiplex.pGroups ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown() called "
                "while database connections are still open");
    if( !eForce ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  gMultiplex.isInitialized = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex_free(gMultiplex.pMutex);
  sqlite3_vfs_unregister(&gMultiplex.sThisVfs);
  memset(&gMultiplex, 0, sizeof(gMultiplex));
  return rc;
}

/***************************** Test Code ***********************************/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
#include <tcl.h>
extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);

................................................................................
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){
  int rc;                         /* Value returned by multiplex_shutdown() */

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(clientData);

  if( objc==2 && strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),"-force")!=0 ){
    objc = 3;
  }
  if( (objc!=1 && objc!=2) ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-force?");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }

  /* Call sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown() */
  rc = sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(objc==2);
  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrName(rc), TCL_STATIC);

  return TCL_OK;
}

/*
** tclcmd:  sqlite3_multiplex_dump

**
** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
** routine.
**
** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
*/
extern int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(void);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif

#endif /* _TEST_MULTIPLEX_H */

**
** All SQLite database connections must be closed before calling this
** routine.
**
** THIS ROUTINE IS NOT THREADSAFE.  Call this routine exactly once while
** shutting down in order to free all remaining multiplex groups.
*/
extern int sqlite3_multiplex_shutdown(int eForce);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif

#endif /* _TEST_MULTIPLEX_H */

  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
  ** specified name exists */
  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
                      zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
    if( !noErr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
    }else{
      assert( !db->init.busy );
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
    }
    goto trigger_cleanup;
................................................................................
        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
  }

  if( db->init.busy ){
    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
    if( pTrig ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
      Table *pTab;
      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table);
      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n);
      assert( pTab!=0 );
      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
    }
  }

triggerfinish_cleanup:
................................................................................
** instead of the trigger name.
**/
void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
  int i;
  const char *zDb;
  const char *zName;
  int nName;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  }

  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
    if( pTrigger ) break;
  }
  if( !pTrigger ){
    if( !noErr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
    }else{
      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
** is set on.
*/
static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
  int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table);
  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
}


/*
** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
*/
void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
................................................................................
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
  Trigger *pTrigger;
  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
      Trigger **pp;
      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
    }

  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
  ** specified name exists */
  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),zName) ){

    if( !noErr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
    }else{
      assert( !db->init.busy );
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
    }
    goto trigger_cleanup;
................................................................................
        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
  }

  if( db->init.busy ){
    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, pTrig);
    if( pTrig ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
      Table *pTab;

      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table);
      assert( pTab!=0 );
      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
    }
  }

triggerfinish_cleanup:
................................................................................
** instead of the trigger name.
**/
void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
  int i;
  const char *zDb;
  const char *zName;

  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  }

  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
  zName = pName->a[0].zName;

  assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName);
    if( pTrigger ) break;
  }
  if( !pTrigger ){
    if( !noErr ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
    }else{
      sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
** is set on.
*/
static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){

  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table);
}


/*
** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
*/
void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
................................................................................
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
  Trigger *pTrigger;
  Hash *pHash;

  assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
  pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, 0);
  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
      Trigger **pp;
      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
    }

    if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] ){
      assert( pPk!=0 );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey);
      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
    }
    labelContinue = labelBreak;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak);
    VdbeCoverage(v);

  }else if( pPk ){
    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
  }else{

    if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] ){
      assert( pPk!=0 );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey);
      VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v);
    }
    labelContinue = labelBreak;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak);
    VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0);
    VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0);
  }else if( pPk ){
    labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v);
    addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0);
    VdbeCoverage(v);
  }else{

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
  unsigned int c;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
  unsigned int c;

*/
int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
  const char *z2 = z;
  if( z==0 ) return 0;
  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}










/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
................................................................................
** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
** encoded in UTF-8.
**
** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
** to NULL.
*/
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
  assert( db!=0 );
  db->errCode = err_code;


  if( zFormat && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
    char *z;
    va_list ap;
    va_start(ap, zFormat);
    z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
    va_end(ap);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
  }else if( db->pErr ){
    sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr);
  }
}

/*
** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
** The following formatting characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  char *zMsg;
  va_list ap;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
................................................................................
** of bytes written is returned.
**
** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
** 8 bits and is the last byte.
*/
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
  int i, j, n;
  u8 buf[10];
  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
    p[8] = (u8)v;
    v >>= 8;
    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
................................................................................
  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
  assert( n<=9 );
  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
    p[i] = buf[j];
  }
  return n;
}

/*
** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
** the common case of small integers.  A MACRO version, putVarint32,
** is provided which inlines the single-byte case.  All code should use
** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
** already been handled.
*/
int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
#ifndef putVarint32
  if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){

    p[0] = v;
    return 1;
  }
#endif
  if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
    p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);


    p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
    return 2;
  }
  return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);

}

/*
** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
**

*/
int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
  const char *z2 = z;
  if( z==0 ) return 0;
  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}

/*
** Set the current error code to err_code and clear any prior error message.
*/
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){
  assert( db!=0 );
  db->errCode = err_code;
  if( db->pErr ) sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr);
}

/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
................................................................................
** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
** encoded in UTF-8.
**
** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
** to NULL.
*/
void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
  assert( db!=0 );
  db->errCode = err_code;
  if( zFormat==0 ){
    sqlite3Error(db, err_code);
  }else if( db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0 ){
    char *z;
    va_list ap;
    va_start(ap, zFormat);
    z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
    va_end(ap);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);


  }
}

/*
** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
** The following formatting characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** This function should be used to report any error that occurs while
** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
** Functions sqlite3Error() or sqlite3ErrorWithMsg() should be used
** during statement execution (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  char *zMsg;
  va_list ap;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
................................................................................
** of bytes written is returned.
**
** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
** 8 bits and is the last byte.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
  int i, j, n;
  u8 buf[10];
  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
    p[8] = (u8)v;
    v >>= 8;
    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
................................................................................
  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
  assert( n<=9 );
  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
    p[i] = buf[j];
  }
  return n;
}









int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){


  if( v<=0x7f ){
    p[0] = v&0x7f;
    return 1;
  }



  if( v<=0x3fff ){
    p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80;
    p[1] = v&0x7f;
    return 2;
  }

  return putVarint64(p,v);
}

/*
** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
**

** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an
** production builds.
**
** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the
** branch can go.  It is usually 2.  "I" is the direction the branch
** goes.  0 means falls through.  1 means branch is taken.  2 means the
** second alternative branch is taken.






*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE)
# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M)
#else
# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M)
  static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){
    if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
*/
#define Stringify(P, enc) \
   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
     { goto no_mem; }

/*
** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
................................................................................
}

/*
** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
** look like a number, leave it alone.









*/
static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
  if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
    double rValue;
    i64 iValue;
    u8 enc = pRec->enc;
    if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
    if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
    if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
      pRec->u.i = iValue;
      pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
    }else{
      pRec->r = rValue;
      pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
    }

  }
}

/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
**
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
................................................................................
){
  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
    ** representation.
    */
    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
    }
    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );


    applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){

      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);

    }
  }
}

/*
** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
................................................................................
** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
*/
int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
  if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
    Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
    applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
    eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
  }
  return eType;
}

/*
** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
................................................................................
void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
  u8 affinity, 
  u8 enc
){
  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
}



















/*
** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
** none.  
**
** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
** But it does set pMem->r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
*/
static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  }
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
      return 0;
    }
    if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
      return MEM_Int;
    }
    return MEM_Real;
  }
  return 0;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
................................................................................
    */
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
      VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }

    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
................................................................................
  pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Set up register P1 so that it will OP_Yield to the co-routine
** located at address P3.
**
** If P2!=0 then the co-routine implementation immediately follows
** this opcode.  So jump over the co-routine implementation to
** address P2.


*/
case OP_InitCoroutine: {     /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
................................................................................
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
**
** The instruction at the address in register P1 is an OP_Yield.
** Jump to the P2 parameter of that OP_Yield.
** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.


*/
case OP_EndCoroutine: {           /* in1 */
  VdbeOp *pCaller;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
................................................................................
  pc = pCaller->p2 - 1;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
**
** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.

**
** If the co-routine ends with OP_Yield or OP_Return then continue




** to the next instruction.  But if the co-routine ends with
** OP_EndCoroutine, jump immediately to P2.


*/
case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
  int pcDest;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
................................................................................
}
#endif

/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
**
** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.  During
** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
** as the P1 parameter.
*/
case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
................................................................................
  u16 nullFlag;
  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
  while( cnt>0 ){
    pOut++;
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
    cnt--;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
................................................................................
  pIn1 = &aMem[p1];
  pOut = &aMem[p2];
  do{
    assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    VdbeMemRelease(pOut);
    zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
    memcpy(pOut, pIn1, sizeof(Mem));
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[p1+pOp->p3] ){
      pOut->pScopyFrom += p1 - pOp->p2;
    }
#endif
................................................................................
  sqlite3_value **apVal;
  int n;

  n = pOp->p5;
  apVal = p->apArg;
  assert( apVal || n==0 );
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  memAboutToChange(p, pOut);

  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1) );
  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
  pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
    assert( memIsValid(pArg) );
    apVal[i] = pArg;
................................................................................
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pArg);
  }

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  ctx.iOp = pc;
  ctx.pVdbe = p;

  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
  ** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
  ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
  */
  memcpy(&ctx.s, pOut, sizeof(Mem));
  pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
  pOut->xDel = 0;
  pOut->zMalloc = 0;
  MemSetTypeFlag(&ctx.s, MEM_Null);

  ctx.fErrorOrAux = 0;
  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
    assert( pOp>aOp );
    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
  }
  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  lastRowid = db->lastRowid;

  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
    ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
    ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
    ** associated with such a value.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
    goto no_mem;
  }

  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( ctx.fErrorOrAux ){
    if( ctx.isError ){
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
      rc = ctx.isError;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, pc, pOp->p1);
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
  assert( pOut->flags==MEM_Null );
  memcpy(pOut, &ctx.s, sizeof(Mem));
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
    goto too_big;
  }

#if 0
  /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this
  ** statement to expire.  (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec()
  ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.)
  */
  if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
#endif

  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]
**
** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *

**
** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
** equivalent of sprintf().  Blob values are unchanged and
** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.






**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */






  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
  pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
** to the underlying data.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
    MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
  }else{
    pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
  }
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
** integer or a floating-point number.)
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
** is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */

/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If
** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */

/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2
**
** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
** jump to address P2.  
**
** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
**
** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise,
** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.  In other words,
** this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2 (but not including
** P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent times through the loop.




*/
case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
  VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }else{
................................................................................
  break;
}

/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is non-zero.
*/
/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is zero.
*/
case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
  int c;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
    c = pOp->p3;
................................................................................
  */
  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
    VdbeMemRelease(pDest);
    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest);
  }else{
    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
    t = aType[p2];
    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
................................................................................
*/
case OP_ReopenIdx: {
  VdbeCursor *pCur;

  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( pCur && pCur->pgnoRoot==pOp->p2 ){
    assert( pCur->iDb==pOp->p3 );      /* Guaranteed by the code generator */
    break;
  }
  /* If the cursor is not currently open or is open on a different
  ** index, then fall through into OP_OpenRead to force a reopen */
}
case OP_OpenRead:
................................................................................
case OP_Close: {
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */
................................................................................
  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
  assert( pC->isOrdered );
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  oc = pOp->opcode;
  pC->nullRow = 0;



  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so covert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];

    applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);

    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
................................................................................
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.




**
** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
*/
/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
................................................................................
** record.
** 
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
** matching entry.




**
** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict
*/
/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
................................................................................
** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix.  If there are no matches, jump
** immediately to P2.  If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
** cursor pointing to the matching row.
**
** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.




**
** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
*/
case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int alreadyExists;
................................................................................
  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++;
#endif

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );



  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
  pFree = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */
  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
................................................................................
** keys).  P3 is an integer rowid.  If P1 does not contain a record with
** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.  If P1 does contain a record
** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall
** through to the next instruction.
**
** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).




**
** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict
*/
case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
................................................................................
  u64 iKey;

  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );



  assert( pC->isTable );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  res = 0;
  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
................................................................................
/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
**
** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
** a record from within an Next loop.
**
** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
** incremented (otherwise not).
**
** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
** multiple rows.
**
................................................................................
case OP_ResetCount: {
  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
  p->nChange = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
** Synopsis:  if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
**
** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
** the record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that 
** the sorter cursor currently points to.  The final P4 fields of both
** the P3 and sorter record are ignored.
**
** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
**
** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
** each other.  Jump to P2 if they are different.
*/
case OP_SorterCompare: {
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;
  int nIgnore;

  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( isSorter(pC) );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  nIgnore = pOp->p4.i;
  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nIgnore, &res);
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }
  break;
};

................................................................................
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.




*/
case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
................................................................................
  res = 0;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;



  if( pOp->p2>0 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
    if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.




*/
case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
  res = 1;



  if( isSorter(pC) ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, pC, &res);
  }else{
    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
    assert( pCrsr );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
................................................................................

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.




**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  P1 must have
** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
................................................................................
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
**
** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen
*/
/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This opcode works just like OP_Next except that if cursor P1 is not
** open it behaves a no-op.
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**





** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  If P1 is
** not open then the behavior is undefined.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
** always either 0 or 1.
................................................................................
** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
*/
/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This opcode works just like OP_Prev except that if cursor P1 is not
** open it behaves a no-op.
*/
case OP_SorterNext: {  /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;

  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
................................................................................
  assert( pC->pCursor );
  assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) );
  testcase( res==1 );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious);










  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
next_tail:
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
  if( res==0 ){
    pC->nullRow = 0;
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
................................................................................
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */

/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table

** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTable: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index

** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropIndex: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger

** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTrigger: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

................................................................................
  VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2
**

** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );

  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2
**
** The register P1 must contain an integer.  Add literal P3 to the
** value in register P1.  If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
................................................................................
** successors.
*/
case OP_AggStep: {
  int n;
  int i;
  Mem *pMem;
  Mem *pRec;

  sqlite3_context ctx;
  sqlite3_value **apVal;

  n = pOp->p5;
  assert( n>=0 );
  pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  apVal = p->apArg;
................................................................................
    apVal[i] = pRec;
    memAboutToChange(p, pRec);
  }
  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  pMem->n++;
  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
  ctx.s.z = 0;
  ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
  ctx.s.db = db;

  ctx.isError = 0;
  ctx.pColl = 0;
  ctx.skipFlag = 0;
  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
  }
  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  if( ctx.isError ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
    rc = ctx.isError;
  }
  if( ctx.skipFlag ){
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
    i = pOp[-1].p1;
    if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1);
  }

  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);

  break;
}

/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
**
** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
    break;
  }
  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
  assert( pModule->xColumn );
  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));

  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
  ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function 
  ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a 
  ** new one.
  */
  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest);

  MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null);

  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
  if( sContext.isError ){
    rc = sContext.isError;
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
  ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any
  ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
  */
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);
  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s);
  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);

  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  break;

** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an
** production builds.
**
** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the
** branch can go.  It is usually 2.  "I" is the direction the branch
** goes.  0 means falls through.  1 means branch is taken.  2 means the
** second alternative branch is taken.
**
** iSrcLine is the source code line (from the __LINE__ macro) that
** generated the VDBE instruction.  This instrumentation assumes that all
** source code is in a single file (the amalgamation).  Special values 1
** and 2 for the iSrcLine parameter mean that this particular branch is
** always taken or never taken, respectively.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE)
# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M)
#else
# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M)
  static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){
    if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
*/
#define Stringify(P, enc) \
   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc,0)) \
     { goto no_mem; }

/*
** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
................................................................................
}

/*
** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
** look like a number, leave it alone.
**
** If the bTryForInt flag is true, then extra effort is made to give
** an integer representation.  Strings that look like floating point
** values but which have no fractional component (example: '48.00')
** will have a MEM_Int representation when bTryForInt is true.
**
** If bTryForInt is false, then if the input string contains a decimal
** point or exponential notation, the result is only MEM_Real, even
** if there is an exact integer representation of the quantity.
*/
static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){

  double rValue;
  i64 iValue;
  u8 enc = pRec->enc;
  if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
  if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
    pRec->u.i = iValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }else{
    pRec->r = rValue;
    pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;

    if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
  }
}

/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
**
** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
................................................................................
){
  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
    ** representation.
    */
    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc, 1);
    }

  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
        applyNumericAffinity(pRec,1);

      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
................................................................................
** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
*/
int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
  int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
  if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){
    Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
    applyNumericAffinity(pMem, 0);
    eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
  }
  return eType;
}

/*
** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
................................................................................
void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
  u8 affinity, 
  u8 enc
){
  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
}

/*
** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can
** interpret as a string if we want to).  Compute its corresponding
** numeric type, if has one.  Set the pMem->r and pMem->u.i fields
** accordingly.
*/
static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 );
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 );
  if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){
    return MEM_Int;
  }
  return MEM_Real;
}

/*
** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
** none.  
**
** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
** But it does set pMem->r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
*/
static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
    return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  }
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    return computeNumericType(pMem);






  }
  return 0;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
................................................................................
    */
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
      assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
      VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pOut);
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }

    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
................................................................................
  pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Set up register P1 so that it will Yield to the coroutine
** located at address P3.
**
** If P2!=0 then the coroutine implementation immediately follows
** this opcode.  So jump over the coroutine implementation to
** address P2.
**
** See also: EndCoroutine
*/
case OP_InitCoroutine: {     /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1>0 &&  pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp );
  pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) );
................................................................................
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  EndCoroutine P1 * * * *
**
** The instruction at the address in register P1 is a Yield.
** Jump to the P2 parameter of that Yield.
** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined.
**
** See also: InitCoroutine
*/
case OP_EndCoroutine: {           /* in1 */
  VdbeOp *pCaller;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int );
  assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp );
  pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i];
................................................................................
  pc = pCaller->p2 - 1;
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Yield P1 P2 * * *
**
** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.  This
** has the effect of yielding to a coroutine.
**

** If the coroutine that is launched by this instruction ends with
** Yield or Return then continue to the next instruction.  But if
** the coroutine launched by this instruction ends with
** EndCoroutine, then jump to P2 rather than continuing with the
** next instruction.

**
** See also: InitCoroutine
*/
case OP_Yield: {            /* in1, jump */
  int pcDest;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 );
  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
  pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
................................................................................
}
#endif

/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4'
**
** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
** into a String before it is executed for the first time.  During
** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored
** as the P1 parameter.
*/
case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
................................................................................
  u16 nullFlag;
  cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null;
  while( cnt>0 ){
    pOut++;
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pOut);
    pOut->flags = nullFlag;
    cnt--;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * *
................................................................................
  pIn1 = &aMem[p1];
  pOut = &aMem[p2];
  do{
    assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] );
    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pOut);
    zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
    memcpy(pOut, pIn1, sizeof(Mem));
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[p1+pOp->p3] ){
      pOut->pScopyFrom += p1 - pOp->p2;
    }
#endif
................................................................................
  sqlite3_value **apVal;
  int n;

  n = pOp->p5;
  apVal = p->apArg;
  assert( apVal || n==0 );
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  ctx.pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  memAboutToChange(p, ctx.pOut);

  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1) );
  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
  pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
    assert( memIsValid(pArg) );
    apVal[i] = pArg;
................................................................................
    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pArg);
  }

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF );
  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  ctx.iOp = pc;
  ctx.pVdbe = p;









  MemSetTypeFlag(ctx.pOut, MEM_Null);

  ctx.fErrorOrAux = 0;
  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
    assert( pOp>aOp );
    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
  }
  db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  lastRowid = db->lastRowid;











  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( ctx.fErrorOrAux ){
    if( ctx.isError ){
      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(ctx.pOut));
      rc = ctx.isError;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, pc, pOp->p1);
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(ctx.pOut, encoding);


  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(ctx.pOut) ){
    goto too_big;
  }









  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, ctx.pOut);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(ctx.pOut);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis:  r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]
**
** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
  }
  break;
}
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
/* Opcode: Cast P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1])
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2.

** 
** <ul>
** <li value="97"> TEXT
** <li value="98"> BLOB
** <li value="99"> NUMERIC
** <li value="100"> INTEGER
** <li value="101"> REAL
** </ul>
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_Cast: {                  /* in1 */
  assert( pOp->p2>=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT && pOp->p2<=SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
  testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);




  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);


  sqlite3VdbeMemCast(pIn1, pOp->p2, encoding);






















  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
  break;
}
















#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */






































/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2
**
** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
** jump to address P2.  
**
** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * *
**
** Check the "once" flag number P1. If it is set, jump to instruction P2. 
** Otherwise, set the flag and fall through to the next instruction.
** In other words, this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2
** (but not including P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent
** times through the loop.
**
** All "once" flags are initially cleared whenever a prepared statement
** first begins to run.
*/
case OP_Once: {             /* jump */
  assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag );
  VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2);
  if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }else{
................................................................................
  break;
}

/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value
** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
*/
/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value
** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero.
*/
case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
  int c;
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
    c = pOp->p3;
................................................................................
  */
  assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed );
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) );
  if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){
    /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original
    ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */
    VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pDest);
    sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest);
  }else{
    /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */
    t = aType[p2];
    if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0
          && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0))
     || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0
................................................................................
*/
case OP_ReopenIdx: {
  VdbeCursor *pCur;

  assert( pOp->p5==0 );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
  pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( pCur && pCur->pgnoRoot==(u32)pOp->p2 ){
    assert( pCur->iDb==pOp->p3 );      /* Guaranteed by the code generator */
    break;
  }
  /* If the cursor is not currently open or is open on a different
  ** index, then fall through into OP_OpenRead to force a reopen */
}
case OP_OpenRead:
................................................................................
case OP_Close: {
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */
................................................................................
  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
  assert( pC->isOrdered );
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  oc = pOp->opcode;
  pC->nullRow = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so covert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
    if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
    }
    iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

    /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
    ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
    if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
................................................................................
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
**
** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it can be
** advanced in the forward direction.  The Next instruction will work,
** but not the Prev instruction.
**
** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
*/
/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
................................................................................
** record.
** 
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree.  If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2.  If P1 
** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
** matching entry.
**
** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
** advanced in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev
** opcodes do not work after this operation.
**
** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict
*/
/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  If
................................................................................
** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix.  If there are no matches, jump
** immediately to P2.  If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
** cursor pointing to the matching row.
**
** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.
**
** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
** advanced in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev
** opcodes do not work after this operation.
**
** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
*/
case OP_NoConflict:     /* jump, in3 */
case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int alreadyExists;
................................................................................
  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++;
#endif

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( pC->isTable==0 );
  pFree = 0;  /* Not needed.  Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */
  if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
    r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
................................................................................
** keys).  P3 is an integer rowid.  If P1 does not contain a record with
** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.  If P1 does contain a record
** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall
** through to the next instruction.
**
** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced
** in either direction.  In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will
** not work following this opcode.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict
*/
case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
................................................................................
  u64 iKey;

  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = 0;
#endif
  assert( pC->isTable );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  res = 0;
  iKey = pIn3->u.i;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
................................................................................
/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
**
** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
** a record from within a Next loop.
**
** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
** incremented (otherwise not).
**
** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
** multiple rows.
**
................................................................................
case OP_ResetCount: {
  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
  p->nChange = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
** Synopsis:  if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
**
** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that 
** the sorter cursor currently points to.  Only the first P4 fields
** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared.
**
** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
**
** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
** each other.  Jump to P2 if they are different.
*/
case OP_SorterCompare: {
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;
  int nKeyCol;

  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( isSorter(pC) );
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i;
  rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res);
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
  }
  break;
};

................................................................................
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
*/
case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
................................................................................
  res = 0;
  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
  pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = OP_Last;
#endif
  if( pOp->p2>0 ){
    VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
    if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
*/
case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) );
  res = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = OP_Rewind;
#endif
  if( isSorter(pC) ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, pC, &res);
  }else{
    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
    assert( pCrsr );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
................................................................................

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** The Next opcode is only valid following an SeekGT, SeekGE, or
** OP_Rewind opcode used to position the cursor.  Next is not allowed
** to follow SeekLT, SeekLE, or OP_Last.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  P1 must have
** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
................................................................................
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
**
** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen
*/
/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This opcode works just like Next except that if cursor P1 is not
** open it behaves a no-op.
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
**
** The Prev opcode is only valid following an SeekLT, SeekLE, or
** OP_Last opcode used to position the cursor.  Prev is not allowed
** to follow SeekGT, SeekGE, or OP_Rewind.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.  If P1 is
** not open then the behavior is undefined.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique.  P3 is usually 0.  P3 is
** always either 0 or 1.
................................................................................
** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
*/
/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** This opcode works just like Prev except that if cursor P1 is not
** open it behaves a no-op.
*/
case OP_SorterNext: {  /* jump */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  int res;

  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
................................................................................
  assert( pC->pCursor );
  assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) );
  testcase( res==1 );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious);

  /* The Next opcode is only used after SeekGT, SeekGE, and Rewind.
  ** The Prev opcode is only used after SeekLT, SeekLE, and Last. */
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen
       || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGE
       || pC->seekOp==OP_Rewind || pC->seekOp==OP_Found);
  assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen
       || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLE
       || pC->seekOp==OP_Last );

  rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res);
next_tail:
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2);
  if( res==0 ){
    pC->nullRow = 0;
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
................................................................................
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */

/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep 
** the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTable: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode)
** in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropIndex: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep 
** the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTrigger: {
  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
  break;
}

................................................................................
  VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]<0 goto P2
**
** Register P1 must contain an integer.  Add literal P3 to the value in
** register P1 then if the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 



*/
case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2
**
** The register P1 must contain an integer.  Add literal P3 to the
** value in register P1.  If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. 



*/
case OP_IfZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
  pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
  VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2);
  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
................................................................................
** successors.
*/
case OP_AggStep: {
  int n;
  int i;
  Mem *pMem;
  Mem *pRec;
  Mem t;
  sqlite3_context ctx;
  sqlite3_value **apVal;

  n = pOp->p5;
  assert( n>=0 );
  pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2];
  apVal = p->apArg;
................................................................................
    apVal[i] = pRec;
    memAboutToChange(p, pRec);
  }
  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) );
  ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  pMem->n++;
  t.flags = MEM_Null;
  t.z = 0;
  t.zMalloc = 0;
  t.xDel = 0;
  t.db = db;
  ctx.pOut = &t;
  ctx.isError = 0;
  ctx.pColl = 0;
  ctx.skipFlag = 0;
  if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
  }
  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
  if( ctx.isError ){
    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&t));
    rc = ctx.isError;
  }
  if( ctx.skipFlag ){
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
    i = pOp[-1].p1;
    if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1);
  }

  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&t);

  break;
}

/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2
**
** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
    break;
  }
  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
  assert( pModule->xColumn );
  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));







  sContext.pOut = pDest;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);

  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
  sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
  if( sContext.isError ){
    rc = sContext.isError;
  }





  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pDest, encoding);

  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);

  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  break;

  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int seekResult;       /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
  i16 nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  u16 nHdrParsed;       /* Number of header fields parsed so far */



  i8 iDb;               /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
  u8 nullRow;           /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  u8 rowidIsValid;      /* True if lastRowid is valid */
  u8 deferredMoveto;    /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isEphemeral:1;   /* True for an ephemeral table */
  Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool isTable:1;       /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
................................................................................
** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
** structure are known.
**
** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
struct sqlite3_context {

  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
  Mem s;                /* The return value is stored here */
  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;          /* The VM that owns this context */
  int iOp;              /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
  u8 skipFlag;          /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */
  u8 fErrorOrAux;       /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
................................................................................
#else
  void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
#endif
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);

int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
#define VdbeMemRelease(X)  \
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(X) ) sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);

  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int seekResult;       /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
  i16 nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  u16 nHdrParsed;       /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  u8 seekOp;            /* Most recent seek operation on this cursor */
#endif
  i8 iDb;               /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
  u8 nullRow;           /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  u8 rowidIsValid;      /* True if lastRowid is valid */
  u8 deferredMoveto;    /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isEphemeral:1;   /* True for an ephemeral table */
  Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool isTable:1;       /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
................................................................................
** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
** structure are known.
**
** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
struct sqlite3_context {
  Mem *pOut;            /* The return value is stored here */
  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */

  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;          /* The VM that owns this context */
  int iOp;              /* Instruction number of OP_Function */
  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
  u8 skipFlag;          /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */
  u8 fErrorOrAux;       /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */
................................................................................
#else
  void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
#endif
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8);
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
#define VdbeMemDynamic(X)  \
  (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0)
#define VdbeMemReleaseExtern(X)  \
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(X) ) sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);

static void setResultStrOrError(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
){
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
  }
}
void sqlite3_result_blob(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( n>=0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
}
void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
}
void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#endif
void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
}
void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
}
void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
}
void sqlite3_result_text(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const char *z, 
  int n,
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
void sqlite3_result_text16(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
}
void sqlite3_result_text16be(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
}
void sqlite3_result_text16le(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
}
void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
}
void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
  pCtx->isError = errCode;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
  }
}

/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, 
                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}

/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
}

/*
** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It 
** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
*/
static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
................................................................................
  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  db = v->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v->doingRerun = 0;
  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY

         && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){

    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    v->doingRerun = 1;
    assert( v->expired==0 );
  }
  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
................................................................................
** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
** application defined function.
*/
sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
  assert( p && p->pFunc );
  return p->s.db;
}

/*
** Return the current time for a statement
*/
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){
  Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe;
  int rc;
  if( v->iCurrentTime==0 ){
    rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->s.db->pVfs, &v->iCurrentTime);
    if( rc ) v->iCurrentTime = 0;
  }
  return v->iCurrentTime;
}

/*
** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
................................................................................
  char *zErr;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
  sqlite3_free(zErr);
}























/*
** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
** same context that was returned on prior calls.
*/
void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
  pMem = p->pMem;
  testcase( nByte<0 );
  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
    if( nByte<=0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
      pMem->z = 0;

    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
      pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
      if( pMem->z ){
        memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
      }
    }
  }
  return (void*)pMem->z;
}

/*
** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
** the user-function defined by pCtx.
*/
void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
  AuxData *pAuxData;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
  }

  return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0);
}

................................................................................
  int iArg, 
  void *pAux, 
  void (*xDelete)(void*)
){
  AuxData *pAuxData;
  Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;

  for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
  }
  if( pAuxData==0 ){
    pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData));
................................................................................
  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
  }else{
    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
    }
    pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue();
  }
  return pOut;
}

/*
................................................................................
static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
  Mem *pVar;
  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
        "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_RANGE;
  }
  i--;
  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);

  /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then 
  ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
  **
  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
  ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
  ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( zData!=0 ){
      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
      }
      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
  }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
    xDel((void*)zData);
  }
  return rc;

static void setResultStrOrError(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
){
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
  }
}
void sqlite3_result_blob(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( n>=0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
}
void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal);
}
void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#endif
void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, (i64)iVal);
}
void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, iVal);
}
void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
}
void sqlite3_result_text(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const char *z, 
  int n,
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
void sqlite3_result_text16(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
}
void sqlite3_result_text16be(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
}
void sqlite3_result_text16le(
  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pCtx->pOut, pValue);
}
void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, n);
}
void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
  pCtx->isError = errCode;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
  }
}

/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, 
                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}

/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut);
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
  pCtx->pOut->db->mallocFailed = 1;
}

/*
** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It 
** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
*/
static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
................................................................................
  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  db = v->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v->doingRerun = 0;
  while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
         && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY ){
    int savedPc = v->pc;
    rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK) break;
    sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    if( savedPc>=0 ) v->doingRerun = 1;
    assert( v->expired==0 );
  }
  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
    ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
    ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
    ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
................................................................................
** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
** application defined function.
*/
sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
  assert( p && p->pFunc );
  return p->pOut->db;
}

/*
** Return the current time for a statement
*/
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){
  Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe;
  int rc;
  if( v->iCurrentTime==0 ){
    rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->pOut->db->pVfs, &v->iCurrentTime);
    if( rc ) v->iCurrentTime = 0;
  }
  return v->iCurrentTime;
}

/*
** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
................................................................................
  char *zErr;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
  sqlite3_free(zErr);
}

/*
** Create a new aggregate context for p and return a pointer to
** its pMem->z element.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *createAggContext(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
  Mem *pMem = p->pMem;
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
  if( nByte<=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
    pMem->z = 0;
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
    pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
    pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
    if( pMem->z ){
      memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
    }
  }
  return (void*)pMem->z;
}

/*
** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
** same context that was returned on prior calls.
*/
void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){

  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pOut->db->mutex) );

  testcase( nByte<0 );
  if( (p->pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){




    return createAggContext(p, nByte);
  }else{



    return (void*)p->pMem->z;

  }



}

/*
** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
** the user-function defined by pCtx.
*/
void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
  AuxData *pAuxData;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
  }

  return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0);
}

................................................................................
  int iArg, 
  void *pAux, 
  void (*xDelete)(void*)
){
  AuxData *pAuxData;
  Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;

  for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){
    if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break;
  }
  if( pAuxData==0 ){
    pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData));
................................................................................
  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
  }else{
    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
    }
    pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue();
  }
  return pOut;
}

/*
................................................................................
static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
  Mem *pVar;
  if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, 
        "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_RANGE;
  }
  i--;
  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK);

  /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then 
  ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
  **
  ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
  ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
  ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
................................................................................
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( zData!=0 ){
      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
      }
      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc);
      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
  }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
    xDel((void*)zData);
  }
  return rc;

  zTmp = pA->zSql;
  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
  pB->zSql = zTmp;
  pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
}

/*
** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than 
** it was.

**
** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain 
** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be 
** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
*/
static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v){
  VdbeOp *pNew;
  Parse *p = v->pParse;











  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));





  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
  if( pNew ){
    p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
    v->aOp = pNew;
  }
  return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}
................................................................................
  int i;
  VdbeOp *pOp;

  i = p->nOp;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
  if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){
    if( growOpArray(p) ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  p->nOp++;
  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
  pOp->p5 = 0;
................................................................................
/*
** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
** address of the first operation added.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno){
  int addr;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){
    return 0;
  }
  addr = p->nOp;
  if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
    int i;
    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
................................................................................
  pVdbe->pProgram = p;
}

/*
** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop
*/
void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){
  if( p->aOp ){
    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
    freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
    memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
    pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
    if( addr==p->nOp-1 ) p->nOp--;
  }
................................................................................
    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */

    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
    sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);

    /* Check for one of the special errors */
    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );  /* This error no longer exists */
    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
    if( isSpecialError ){
      /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, 
      ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint 
      ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a 
      ** consistent state.
................................................................................
    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
    db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed;
    db->errCode = rc;
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
/*
** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, 
................................................................................
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
    */
    sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
  }

  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
  */
  Cleanup(p);
................................................................................
  if( p->pNext ){
    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
  }
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  p->db = 0;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}











































/*
** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
**
** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
................................................................................
** a NULL row.
**
** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
    int res, rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
#endif
    assert( p->isTable );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
    if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    p->rowidIsValid = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
    p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }else if( p->pCursor ){
    int hasMoved;
    int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    if( hasMoved ){
      p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
      if( hasMoved==2 ) p->nullRow = 1;
    }


  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The following functions:
**
................................................................................
*/

/*
** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
*/
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  int n;

  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
................................................................................
    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
    return 6;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
    return 7;
  }
  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );

  n = pMem->n;
  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
    n += pMem->u.nZero;
  }
  assert( n>=0 );
  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
}

/*
** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
*/
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
................................................................................
      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
    }else{
      v = pMem->u.i;
    }
    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    while( i-- ){

      buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
      v >>= 8;
    }

    return len;
  }

  /* String or blob */
  if( serial_type>=12 ){
    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
................................................................................
/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a
** big-endian integer.  Return the equivalent native integer
*/
#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x)    ((i8)(x)[0])
#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x)    (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1])
#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x)  (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2])
#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x)  (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])


/*
** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.





*/ 
































u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
){
  u64 x;
  u32 y;
  switch( serial_type ){
    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 0: {  /* NULL */
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
      break;
    }
................................................................................
    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 3;
    }
    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
      pMem->u.i = (i64)*(int*)&y;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 4;
    }
    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 6;
    }
    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
      /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
      ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
      ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
      ** endian.
      */
      static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
      static const double r1 = 1.0;
      u64 t2 = t1;
      swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
      assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
#endif
      x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
      y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4);
      x = (x<<32) | y;
      if( serial_type==6 ){
        pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
        testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      }else{
        assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
        swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
        memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
        pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
      }
      return 8;
    }
    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 0;
    }
    default: {
      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };
      u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2;
      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
      pMem->n = len;
      pMem->xDel = 0;
      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
      return len;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
**
** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably

  zTmp = pA->zSql;
  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
  pB->zSql = zTmp;
  pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
}

/*
** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger 
** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal
** to 1024/sizeof(Op).
**
** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Parse.nOpAlloc remain 
** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be 
** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
*/
static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){
  VdbeOp *pNew;
  Parse *p = v->pParse;

  /* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force
  ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for 
  ** simulated OOM faults.  SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used
  ** during testing only.  With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array
  ** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512.  Normal
  ** operation (without SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) is to double the current
  ** size of the op array or add 1KB of space, whichever is smaller. */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS
  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc>=512 ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : p->nOpAlloc+nOp);
#else
  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nOp);
#endif

  assert( nOp<=(1024/sizeof(Op)) );
  assert( nNew>=(p->nOpAlloc+nOp) );
  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
  if( pNew ){
    p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
    v->aOp = pNew;
  }
  return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}
................................................................................
  int i;
  VdbeOp *pOp;

  i = p->nOp;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
  if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){
    if( growOpArray(p, 1) ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  p->nOp++;
  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
  pOp->p5 = 0;
................................................................................
/*
** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
** address of the first operation added.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno){
  int addr;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p, nOp) ){
    return 0;
  }
  addr = p->nOp;
  if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
    int i;
    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
................................................................................
  pVdbe->pProgram = p;
}

/*
** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop
*/
void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){
  if( addr<p->nOp ){
    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
    freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
    memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
    pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
    if( addr==p->nOp-1 ) p->nOp--;
  }
................................................................................
    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */

    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
    sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);

    /* Check for one of the special errors */
    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;

    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
    if( isSpecialError ){
      /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, 
      ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint 
      ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a 
      ** consistent state.
................................................................................
    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
    db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed;
    db->errCode = rc;
  }else{
    sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  }
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
/*
** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, 
................................................................................
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
    if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
    */
    sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = 0;
  }

  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
  */
  Cleanup(p);
................................................................................
  if( p->pNext ){
    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
  }
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  p->db = 0;
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** The cursor "p" has a pending seek operation that has not yet been
** carried out.  Seek the cursor now.  If an error occurs, return
** the appropriate error code.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleDeferredMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
  int res, rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  extern int sqlite3_search_count;
#endif
  assert( p->deferredMoveto );
  assert( p->isTable );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
  if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  p->rowidIsValid = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
  p->deferredMoveto = 0;
  p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place.  Maybe the row it was
** pointed to was deleted out from under it.  Or maybe the btree was
** rebalanced.  Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it
** is suppose to be pointing.  If the row was deleted out from under the
** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){
  int isDifferentRow, rc;
  assert( p->pCursor!=0 );
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->pCursor, &isDifferentRow);
  p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( isDifferentRow ) p->nullRow = 1;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
**
** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
................................................................................
** a NULL row.
**
** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
  if( p->deferredMoveto ){













    return handleDeferredMoveto(p);








  }
  if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor) ){
    return handleMovedCursor(p);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The following functions:
**
................................................................................
*/

/*
** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
*/
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  u32 n;

  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
................................................................................
    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
    return 6;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
    return 7;
  }
  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
  n = (u32)pMem->n;
  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
    n += pMem->u.nZero;
  }

  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
}

/*
** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
*/
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
................................................................................
      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
    }else{
      v = pMem->u.i;
    }
    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    assert( i>0 );
    do{
      buf[--i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
      v >>= 8;

    }while( i );
    return len;
  }

  /* String or blob */
  if( serial_type>=12 ){
    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
................................................................................
/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a
** big-endian integer.  Return the equivalent native integer
*/
#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x)    ((i8)(x)[0])
#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x)    (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1])
#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x)  (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2])
#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x)  (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])
#define FOUR_BYTE_INT(x) (16777216*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3])

/*
** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
**
** This function is implemented as two separate routines for performance.
** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate
** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer
** is avoided.
*/ 
static u32 SQLITE_NOINLINE serialGet(
  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
){
  u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf);
  u32 y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4);
  x = (x<<32) + y;
  if( serial_type==6 ){
    pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
    testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
  }else{
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
    /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
    ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
    ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
    ** endian.
    */
    static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
    static const double r1 = 1.0;
    u64 t2 = t1;
    swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
    assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
#endif
    assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
    swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
    memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
    pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
  }
  return 8;
}
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
){


  switch( serial_type ){
    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 0: {  /* NULL */
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
      break;
    }
................................................................................
    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 3;
    }
    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf);

      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 4;
    }
    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 6;
    }
    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
      /* These use local variables, so do them in a separate routine
      ** to avoid having to move the frame pointer in the common case */
      return serialGet(buf,serial_type,pMem);























    }
    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 0;
    }
    default: {
      static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem };

      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
      pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2;
      pMem->xDel = 0;
      pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1];
      return pMem->n;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord
** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if
** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo.
**
** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within
** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably

blob_open_out:
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
  }else{
    if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
  }
  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
  db = p->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;

  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
  }else if( v==0 ){
    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
  }else{
    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
................................................................................
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
  }else{
    char *zErr;
    rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
    }
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
  }

  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */

blob_open_out:
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
  }else{
    if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
  }
  sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
  sqlite3ParserReset(pParse);
  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
  db = p->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;

  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR);
  }else if( v==0 ){
    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
  }else{
    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
................................................................................
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
  }else{
    char *zErr;
    rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
    }
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
  }

  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */

      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
      bPreserve = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
    }
    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
      VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
      pMem->z = 0;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;  
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }

  if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
................................................................................
    pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif


/*

** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
  }
  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}















/*
** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
** is a no-op.
**
** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.

**
** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
** user and the later is an internal programming error.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int fg = pMem->flags;
  const int nByte = 32;

  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
................................................................................
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );


  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
  ** 
  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
  */
  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
................................................................................
  }else{
    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
  }
  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;

  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
**
................................................................................
** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
** otherwise.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
    sqlite3_context ctx;

    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
    memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));

    ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
    ctx.s.db = pMem->db;

    ctx.pMem = pMem;
    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
    assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
    sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
    memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s));
    rc = ctx.isError;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.



*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
................................................................................
    p->xDel = 0;
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
  }
}




















/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.flags==MEM_Str).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );

  VdbeMemRelease(p);
  if( p->zMalloc ){
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
    p->zMalloc = 0;
  }
  p->z = 0;
  assert( p->xDel==0 );  /* Zeroed by VdbeMemRelease() above */
}

/*
** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
*/
................................................................................
  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
    return pMem->u.i;
  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    i64 value = 0;
    assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
    testcase( pMem->z==0 );
    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
    return value;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
    }
  }
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}














































/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
    VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame;
................................................................................
  sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
  if( pMem->z ){
    pMem->n = n;
    memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
  }
#endif
}












/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type INTEGER.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);


  pMem->u.i = val;
  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;

}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type REAL.
*/
................................................................................
** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->xDel = 0;
  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
    pTo->flags |= srcType;
  }
................................................................................
** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
** freed before the copy is made.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
  pTo->xDel = 0;

  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
................................................................................
    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    }
  }

  return rc;
}








































/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
** SQLITE_UTF8.
**
** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
** boundary.
*/
const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
  if( !pVal ) return 0;

  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );

  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){

    return 0;
  }
  assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
  pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
  ExpandBlob(pVal);
  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
        return 0;
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
  }else{
    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
  }
  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
    return pVal->z;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
*/
sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
................................................................................
  const char *zNeg = "";
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  if( !pExpr ){
    *ppVal = 0;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  op = pExpr->op;
  if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;












  /* Handle negative integers in a single step.  This is needed in the
  ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
  */
  if( op==TK_UMINUS
   && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
................................................................................

  nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal;
  aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet);
  if( aRet==0 ){
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
  }else{
    aRet[0] = nSerial+1;
    sqlite3PutVarint(&aRet[1], iSerial);
    sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial);
    sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet);
  }
}

/*

      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
      bPreserve = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
    }
    if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){
      VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pMem);
      pMem->z = 0;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;  
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }

  if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
................................................................................
    pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif


/*
** It is already known that pMem contains an unterminated string.
** Add the zero terminator.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemAddTerminator(Mem *pMem){




  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Term|MEM_Str) );
  testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==0 );
  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))!=MEM_Str ){
    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
  }else{
    return vdbeMemAddTerminator(pMem);
  }
}

/*
** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
** is a no-op.
**
** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if
** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false.
**
** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
** user and the later is an internal programming error.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){

  int fg = pMem->flags;
  const int nByte = 32;

  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
................................................................................
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );


  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
  ** 
  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
  */
  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
................................................................................
  }else{
    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
  }
  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
  if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
**
................................................................................
** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
** otherwise.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
    sqlite3_context ctx;
    Mem t;
    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
    memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
    memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t));
    t.flags = MEM_Null;
    t.db = pMem->db;
    ctx.pOut = &t;
    ctx.pMem = pMem;
    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
    assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
    sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
    memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t));
    rc = ctx.isError;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
**
** The VdbeMemReleaseExtern() macro invokes this routine if only if there
** is work for this routine to do.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
................................................................................
    p->xDel = 0;
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
  }
}

/*
** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared
** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc.
**
** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in
** the uncommon case when there really is memory in p that is
** need of freeing.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
  }
  if( p->zMalloc ){
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
    p->zMalloc = 0;
  }
  p->z = 0;
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.flags==MEM_Str).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) );
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->zMalloc ){
    vdbeMemRelease(p);

  }else{
    p->z = 0;
  }

  assert( p->xDel==0 );
}

/*
** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then
** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer.
*/
................................................................................
  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
    return pMem->u.i;
  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    i64 value = 0;
    assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );

    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
    return value;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
    }
  }
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Cast the datatype of the value in pMem according to the affinity
** "aff".  Casting is different from applying affinity in that a cast
** is forced.  In other words, the value is converted into the desired
** affinity even if that results in loss of data.  This routine is
** used (for example) to implement the SQL "cast()" operator.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem *pMem, u8 aff, u8 encoding){
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return;
  switch( aff ){
    case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: {   /* Really a cast to BLOB */
      if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
        sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
        MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob);
      }else{
        pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: {
      sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pMem);
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: {
      sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: {
      sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      assert( aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
      assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
      pMem->flags |= (pMem->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
      assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed );
      pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
      break;
    }
  }
}


/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
    VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame;
................................................................................
  sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
  if( pMem->z ){
    pMem->n = n;
    memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** The pMem is known to contain content that needs to be destroyed prior
** to a value change.  So invoke the destructor, then set the value to
** a 64-bit integer.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
  pMem->u.i = val;
  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type INTEGER.
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
  if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){
    vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(pMem, val);
  }else{
    pMem->u.i = val;
    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
  }
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type REAL.
*/
................................................................................
** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->xDel = 0;
  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
    pTo->flags |= srcType;
  }
................................................................................
** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
** freed before the copy is made.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  VdbeMemReleaseExtern(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
  pTo->xDel = 0;

  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
................................................................................
    }else{
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** The pVal argument is known to be a value other than NULL.
** Convert it into a string with encoding enc and return a pointer
** to a zero-terminated version of that string.
*/
SQLITE_NOINLINE const void *valueToText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
  assert( pVal!=0 );
  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Null))==0 );
  if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
    pVal->flags |= MEM_Str;
    if( pVal->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pVal);
    }
    if( pVal->enc != (enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
    }
    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
        return 0;
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */
  }else{
    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0);
    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
  }
  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
    return pVal->z;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
** SQLITE_UTF8.
**
** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
** boundary.
*/
const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
  if( !pVal ) return 0;

  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );


  if( (pVal->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Term))==(MEM_Str|MEM_Term) && pVal->enc==enc ){
    return pVal->z;
  }



  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){




    return 0;
  }




  return valueToText(pVal, enc);









}

/*
** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
*/
sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
................................................................................
  const char *zNeg = "";
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  if( !pExpr ){
    *ppVal = 0;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  while( (op = pExpr->op)==TK_UPLUS ) pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
  if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;

  if( op==TK_CAST ){
    u8 aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken,0);
    rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, enc, aff, ppVal, pCtx);
    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
    if( *ppVal ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemCast(*ppVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(*ppVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
    }
    return rc;
  }

  /* Handle negative integers in a single step.  This is needed in the
  ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
  */
  if( op==TK_UMINUS
   && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
................................................................................

  nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal;
  aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet);
  if( aRet==0 ){
    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
  }else{
    aRet[0] = nSerial+1;
    putVarint32(&aRet[1], iSerial);
    sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial);
    sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet);
  }
}

/*

** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values.
**
** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace
** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2.
*/
static void vdbeSorterCompare(
  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */
  int nIgnore,                    /* Ignore the last nIgnore fields */
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2,   /* Right side of comparison */
  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
){
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
  int i;

  if( pKey2 ){
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
  }

  if( nIgnore ){
    r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField - nIgnore;
    assert( r2->nField>0 );
    for(i=0; i<r2->nField; i++){
      if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
        *pRes = -1;
        return;
      }
    }
    assert( r2->default_rc==0 );
  }
................................................................................
** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
** key.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
  Mem *pVal,                      /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
  int nIgnore,                    /* Ignore this many fields at the end */
  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */

  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
  vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, nIgnore, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values.
**
** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace
** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2.
*/
static void vdbeSorterCompare(
  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */
  int nKeyCol,                    /* Num of columns. 0 means "all" */
  const void *pKey1, int nKey1,   /* Left side of comparison */
  const void *pKey2, int nKey2,   /* Right side of comparison */
  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
){
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo;
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked;
  int i;

  if( pKey2 ){
    sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2);
  }

  if( nKeyCol ){

    r2->nField = nKeyCol;
    for(i=0; i<nKeyCol; i++){
      if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
        *pRes = -1;
        return;
      }
    }
    assert( r2->default_rc==0 );
  }
................................................................................
** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
** key.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
  const VdbeCursor *pCsr,         /* Sorter cursor */
  Mem *pVal,                      /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
  int nKeyCol,                    /* Only compare this many fields */
  int *pRes                       /* OUT: Result of comparison */
){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  void *pKey; int nKey;           /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */

  pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey);
  vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, nKeyCol, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nName;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName, nName) ){
    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }else{
    Module *pMod;
    pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
    if( pMod ){
      Module *pDel;
      char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
      memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
      pMod->zName = zCopy;
      pMod->pModule = pModule;
      pMod->pAux = pAux;
      pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
      pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,nName,(void*)pMod);
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
      if( pDel ){
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
      }
    }
  }
................................................................................
  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
  else {
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
    if( pOld ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
  }
................................................................................
  assert( pTab );
  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));

  if( !pMod ){
    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    char *zErr = 0;
................................................................................
  const char *zMod;

  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
  assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );

  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));

  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
  */
  if( !pMod ){
    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
................................................................................

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;
  char *zErr = 0;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );

  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
  if( pParse==0 ){
................................................................................
        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
      }
      db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
  
    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
................................................................................
    }
    default:
      rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
      break;
  }
  va_end(ap);

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nName;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
  if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName) ){
    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }else{
    Module *pMod;
    pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
    if( pMod ){
      Module *pDel;
      char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
      memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
      pMod->zName = zCopy;
      pMod->pModule = pModule;
      pMod->pAux = pAux;
      pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
      pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,(void*)pMod);
      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod );
      if( pDel ){
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
      }
    }
  }
................................................................................
  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
  else {
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
    const char *zName = pTab->zName;

    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, pTab);
    if( pOld ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      return;
    }
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
  }
................................................................................
  assert( pTab );
  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);

  if( !pMod ){
    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    char *zErr = 0;
................................................................................
  const char *zMod;

  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
  assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );

  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod);

  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
  */
  if( !pMod ){
    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
................................................................................

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;
  char *zErr = 0;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );

  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
  if( pParse==0 ){
................................................................................
        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
      }
      db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
  
    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
................................................................................
    }
    default:
      rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
      break;
  }
  va_end(ap);

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

  **      where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the
  **      comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index.
  **
  **   3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not
  **      contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint.
  */
  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue;
    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
      i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
      if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){
        int iIdxCol = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i);
        if( iIdxCol<0 || pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull==0 ){
          break;
        }
................................................................................
){
  Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
  int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int nLower = -1;
  int nUpper = p->nSample+1;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[ p->aiColumn[nEq] ].affinity;

  CollSeq *pColl;
  
  sqlite3_value *p1 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pLower */
  sqlite3_value *p2 = 0;          /* Value extracted from pUpper */
  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;        /* Value extracted from record */

  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]);
................................................................................
      ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound
      ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values
      ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used.
      */
      tRowcnt iLower;
      tRowcnt iUpper;





      if( nEq==p->nKeyCol ){
        aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
      }else{
        aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq]].affinity;
      }
      /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */
      if( nEq==0 ){
................................................................................
        rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
          tRowcnt iNew;
          whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a);
          iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & WO_GT) ? a[1] : 0);
          if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew;
          nOut--;

        }
      }

      /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */
      if( pUpper ){
        int bOk;                    /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */
        Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
................................................................................
        rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){
          tRowcnt iNew;
          whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a);
          iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & WO_LE) ? a[1] : 0);
          if( iNew<iUpper ) iUpper = iNew;
          nOut--;

        }
      }

      pBuilder->pRec = pRec;
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        if( iUpper>iLower ){
          nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower);
        }else{
          nNew = 10;        assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) );
        }
        if( nNew<nOut ){
          nOut = nNew;
        }
        pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut;
        WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range scan regions: %u..%u  est=%d\n",
                           (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut));
        return SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }else{
      int bDone = 0;
      rc = whereRangeSkipScanEst(pParse, pLower, pUpper, pLoop, &bDone);
      if( bDone ) return rc;
    }
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder);
#endif
  assert( pLower || pUpper );

  assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 );
  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut);
  nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew);

  /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit, assume the range is
  ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended
  ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the
................................................................................
  ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to
  ** match 1/64 of the index. */ 
  if( pLower && pUpper ) nNew -= 20;

  nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0);
  if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10;
  if( nNew<nOut ) nOut = nNew;






  pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut;
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
/*
** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
................................................................................
    nRowEst += nEst;
    pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid;
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0;
    *pnRow = nRowEst;
    WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%g\n", nRowEst));
  }
  assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid );
  return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */

/*
................................................................................
    ){
      testcase( iEq==0 );
      testcase( bRev );
      bRev = !bRev;
    }
    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
    iReg = iTarget;
    eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0);
    if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){
      testcase( bRev );
      bRev = !bRev;
    }
    iTab = pX->iTable;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
    VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev);
................................................................................
  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab;
  Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId,
                     p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq);
  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s",
                     pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName);
  if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){
     const char *zName;
     if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){
      if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){
        int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1;
        while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--;
        zName += i;
      }
      sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq);
    }else{
................................................................................
                p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
    }else{
      z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask);
    }
    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z);
    sqlite3_free(z);
  }



  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm);

  sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN
  /* If the 0x100 bit of wheretracing is set, then show all of the constraint
  ** expressions in the WhereLoop.aLTerm[] array.
  */
  if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){  /* WHERETRACE 0x100 */
    int i;
................................................................................
  ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows
  ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index
  ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of
  ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. 
  ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly
  ** more expensive.  */
  assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) );
  if( pTerm==0
   && saved_nEq==saved_nSkip
   && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol
   && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42  /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */
   && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK
  ){
    LogEst nIter;
    pNew->u.btree.nEq++;
    pNew->u.btree.nSkip++;
    pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0;
    pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN;
    nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1];






    pNew->nOut -= nIter;
    whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul);
    pNew->nOut = saved_nOut;


  }
  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){
    u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator;   /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */
    LogEst rCostIdx;
    LogEst nOutUnadjusted;        /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */
    int nIn = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
................................................................................
      }
      assert( nIn>0 );  /* RHS always has 2 or more terms...  The parser
                        ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */

    }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ) ){
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
      if( iCol<0 || (nInMul==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){
        if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->onError==OE_None ){
          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED;
        }else{
          pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW;
        }
      }
    }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){
      pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
................................................................................
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */

  /* Loop over all indices
  */
  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){
    if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0
     && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pNew->iTab, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){

      continue;  /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */
    }
    rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0];
    pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0;
    pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0;
    pNew->nLTerm = 0;
    pNew->iSortIdx = 0;
................................................................................
      }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){
        return 0;
      }else{
        nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol;
        nColumn = pIndex->nColumn;
        assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) );
        assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==(-1) || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable));
        isOrderDistinct = pIndex->onError!=OE_None;
      }

      /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones
      ** that are not constrained by == or IN.
      */
      rev = revSet = 0;
      distinctColumns = 0;
................................................................................
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<nLoop; i++){ zName[i] = pPath->aLoop[i]->cId; }
  if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId;
  zName[i] = 0;
  return zName;
}
#endif








































/*
** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine
** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop
** once.  This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields.
**
** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted
................................................................................
  int nLoop;                /* Number of terms in the join */
  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection */
  int iLoop;                /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */
  int ii, jj;               /* Loop counters */
  int mxI = 0;              /* Index of next entry to replace */
  int nOrderBy;             /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */
  LogEst rCost;             /* Cost of a path */
  LogEst nOut;              /* Number of outputs */
  LogEst mxCost = 0;        /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */

  int nTo, nFrom;           /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */
  WherePath *aFrom;         /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */
  WherePath *aTo;           /* The nTo best paths at the current level */
  WherePath *pFrom;         /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */
  WherePath *pTo;           /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */
  WhereLoop *pWLoop;        /* One of the WhereLoop objects */
  WhereLoop **pX;           /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */

  char *pSpace;             /* Temporary memory used by this routine */


  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
  db = pParse->db;
  nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel;
  /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked.
  ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed.
  ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */
  mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10);
  assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc );
  WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver\n"));












  /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo and aFrom */
  ii = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2;

  pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, ii);
  if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace;
  aFrom = aTo+mxChoice;
  memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0]));
  pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice);
  for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){
    pFrom->aLoop = pX;
  }













  /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops.
  **
  ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 25.  If the cost
  ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 25
  ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */
  aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 46);  assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) );
  nFrom = 1;

  /* Precompute the cost of sorting the final result set, if the caller
  ** to sqlite3WhereBegin() was concerned about sorting */
  if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){
    aFrom[0].isOrdered = 0;
    nOrderBy = 0;
  }else{
    aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : 1;
    nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr;
  }

  /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation
  ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next.  Keep track of the mxChoice
  ** best paths at each generation */
  for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){
    nTo = 0;
    for(ii=0, pFrom=aFrom; ii<nFrom; ii++, pFrom++){
      for(pWLoop=pWInfo->pLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){




        Bitmask maskNew;
        Bitmask revMask = 0;
        i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered;

        if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
        if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue;
        /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. 
        ** Compute its cost */
        rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow);
        rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, pFrom->rCost);
        nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut;
        maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
        if( isOrdered<0 ){
          isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo,
                       pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags,
                       iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask);



          if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrdered<nOrderBy ){
            /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is 
            ** the number of rows to sort is:
            **
            **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)).
            ** 

            ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y 
            ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the 
            ** sorting cost to:
            **
            **   cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X)
            **
            ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale
            ** below.  */
            LogEst rScale, rSortCost;
            assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) );
            rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-isOrdered)*100/nOrderBy) - 66;
            rSortCost = nRowEst + estLog(nRowEst) + rScale + 16;


            /* TUNING: The cost of implementing DISTINCT using a B-TREE is
            ** similar but with a larger constant of proportionality. 
            ** Multiply by an additional factor of 3.0.  */
            if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){
              rSortCost += 16;

            }
            WHERETRACE(0x002,
               ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n",
                rSortCost, (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, rCost,
                sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost,rSortCost)));
            rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, rSortCost);
          }

        }else{
          revMask = pFrom->revLoop;

        }

        /* Check to see if pWLoop should be added to the mxChoice best so far */










        for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jj<nTo; jj++, pTo++){
          if( pTo->maskLoop==maskNew
           && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&80)==0
          ){
            testcase( jj==nTo-1 );
            break;
          }
        }
        if( jj>=nTo ){

          if( nTo>=mxChoice && rCost>=mxCost ){





#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
              sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
            }
#endif
            continue;
          }
          /* Add a new Path to the aTo[] set */

          if( nTo<mxChoice ){
            /* Increase the size of the aTo set by one */
            jj = nTo++;
          }else{
            /* New path replaces the prior worst to keep count below mxChoice */
            jj = mxI;
          }
................................................................................
          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
            sqlite3DebugPrintf("New    %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
          }
#endif
        }else{
          if( pTo->rCost<=rCost ){




#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
            if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
              sqlite3DebugPrintf(
                  "Skip   %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
                  wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
                  isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
              sqlite3DebugPrintf("   vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n",
                  wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow,
                  pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?');
            }
#endif

            testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost );
            continue;
          }
          testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 );
          /* A new and better score for a previously created equivalent path */

#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */
          if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){
            sqlite3DebugPrintf(
                "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c",
                wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut,
                isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?');
            sqlite3DebugPrintf("  was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n",
................................................................................
#endif
        }
        /* pWLoop is a winner.  Add it to the set of best so far */
        pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf;
        pTo->revLoop = revMask;
        pTo->nRow = nOut;
        pTo->rCost = rCost;

        pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered;
        memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop);
        pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop;
        if( nTo>=mxChoice ){
          mxI = 0;
          mxCost = aTo[0].rCost;

          for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){
            if( pTo->rCost>mxCost ){


              mxCost = pTo->rCost;

              mxI = jj;
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }

................................................................................
    pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1;
    /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */
    pLoop->rRun = 33;  /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */
  }else{
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->